NEW JERSEY STATE
EPA
AGREEMENT
FY 81 UPDATE
PRO&
-------
New Jersey/USEPA Region II
Water Resources Management Agreement
FY 81 Update
DEP Docket No. 041-80-07
Prepared by:
New Jersey Department of
Environmental Protection
Division of Water Resources
Trenton, New Jersey
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Region II
26 Federal Plaza
New York, New York
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
1 - Introduction
2 - Strategies 11
2.1 - Water Quality Management Program 11
2.2 - Public Participation 20
2.3 - Municipal Wastes 27
2.3.1 - Section 205(g) Delegation 27
2.3.2 - Advanced Waste Treatment 34
2.3.2.1 - Antidegradation Policy 41
2.3.3 - Land Application of Municipal Wastewaters 45
2.3.4 - Onsite Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Systems 51
2.3.5 - Combined Sewer Overflows 62
2.3.6 - Innovative/Alternative Technology 69
2.4 - Industrial Wastes 72
2.4.1 - NPDES Assumption/Industrial Discharges 72
2.4.2 - Industrial Pretreatment 89
2.5 - Water Supply 96
2.5.1 - Groundwater Management 96
2.5.2 - Water Supply Management and Conservation 132
2.5.3 - Public Water System Supervision 151
2.5.4 - Water Quality/Water Supply Integration 158
2.5.5 - Purveyor Deficits/Fragmentation of Water 167
Supply Network
2.6 - Toxic Substances Control 172
2.7 - Non-Point Sources 193
2.7.1 - Stormwater Runoff-Urban/Suburban Areas 193
2.7.2 - Agricultural Runoff Control Program 207
2.7.3 - Clean Lakes Program 216
2.8 - Residuals Management 234
2.9 - Monitoring Integration and Quality Assurance 244
2.10- Other Environmental Management Programs 253
2.10.1 - Management of Environmentally Sensitive Areas 253
2.10.2 - Growth Management 256
2.10.3 - Coastal Zone Management 256
2.11- Role of Counties and Water Quality Management 261
Planning Agencies
2.12- Role of the Delaware River Basin Commission 264
2.13- Role of the Interstate Sanitation Commission 270
3 - Resource Summary by Funding Source 274
4 - Explanation of Abbreviations 275
APPENDIX 277
-------
1. INTRODUCTION
SUMMARY OF MAJOR ISSUES
This document constitutes the first update of the New Jersey State/EPA
Agreement (SEA) between the Commssioner of the New Jersey Department of
Environmental Protection (DEP) and the Regional Administrator of the
United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). The purpose of the
Agreement and the annual update is to ensure that the various water
resource management activities undertaken either directly by or through
funding from the EPA, DEP and/or local government entities in New Jersey,
represent a logical and cohesive program which reflects the major environ-
mental issues in the State.
The FY'79 document outlined strategies for meeting water quality and water
supply goals in the State of New Jersey over a five-year period, and
established priorities for directing funds towards those issues envisioned
as being the most immediate topics of concern. The stategies were not
intended as a final commitment to specific outputs, but rather as a
statement of policy direction. The annual updating process will ensure
that programs undertaken are, in fact, responsive to the current major
resource problems in the State of New Jersey.
Accordingly, this document updates basic points of agreement between the
agencies based upon a reevaluation of the issues and strategies set forth
in the original Agreement and accomplishments to date. The update document
also attempts to integrate the water resources problems with cross cutting
policy and managerial issues by restructuring the original twenty-four
issues into major elemental categories and updating the strategies and
activities accordingly.
Water Quality Management Planning
Although a great deal of money has been spent and much has been accomplished
in Water Quality Management Planning (WQMP) in New Jersey, much remains to
be done. There is a need to develop a single plan for the entire State to
show which recommendations in the State need to be implemented, and set
the direction for future planning efforts.
Initial planning efforts have produced evidence that non-point sources
contribute a major share of many serious pollutants to our lakes and
steams. Without effective controls, non-point source pollution will
prevent achievement of our 1983 goal of fishable and swimmable waters.
There is little doubt that non-point sources have a direct and serious
impact on the uses many of our citizens make of water. For this reason,
208 funded activities from FY'81 and beyond will be geared toward non-point
source activity.
-------
Now that the initial planning is complete, EPAf DEP, and where appropriate
the 208 areawide agencies must continue to implement the decisions made
in the planning process. In light of the level of effort exerted by the
various areawide agencies in developing expertise and intimate knowledge
of the nature of problems in their areas, it would be wise to utilize
these resources to the fullest extent by involving them in the future
efforts of this program. These efforts will consist of filling gaps in
the plans, especially for non-point source controls. EPA will also
continue to use the 208 grant program to augment the existing point source
control framework with an equally complete non-point source framework.
Based on the problems identified in the initial plans, the highest non-point
source priorities are stormwater runoff, groundwater contamination, and
the protection of environmentally sensitive areas.
With improved program management and a focus on non-point sources in
FY181-83, an orderly phase-out of the 208 grant program will be completed
and replaced with a restructured WQMP program in FY'83 and beyond.
In the next few years, three basic principles will be stressed to ensure
the success of the WQMP program. First, EPA and DEP will continue to
stress problem-solving, with an emphasis on putting operation control
programs in place. Second, EPA and DEP will develop and implement a
management program to maximize the effectiveness of limited WQMP
resources. In the future, EPA Region II will negotiate customized work
plans for State water quality programs, provide technical assistance, and
evaluate the process the State made against these work programs. Region
II will also negotiate the location and direction of 208 funded projects
with the State and designated areawide agencies, approve 208 work
programs, fund and manage the projects, and approve changes in WQMP plans
that may result. With respect to Section 208 grants, the State will set
the overall policy framework, conduct WQMP planning in non-designated
areas, and oversee the work of the areawide agencies.
THE FY80 WORK PLANS FOR 208-FUNDED ACTIVITIES ARE EMBODIED IN THIS
DOCUMENT, AND SHOUUD BE VIEWED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE FY 81 PROJECT
DESCRIPTIONS FOUND IN THE RESPONSIVENESS SUMMARY.
-------
Toxics and Hazardous Substance Control
In New Jersey, groundwater has been contaminated and wells shut down.
Toxics in urban runoff, landfill leachate, illegal dumping, illegal
discharges, and accidental spills have caused fish kills. Many water
supply purveyors are required to treat water to high levels in order to
make their water potable. An integrated/coordinated control plan is
proposed to protect the public and the environment from exposure to toxic
and hazardous substances. Highlights include:
- Establishment of procedures to set limits for toxic and hazardous
substances, develop a permit program for wastewater discharges to
ground and surface waters, and develop a pretreatment program to limit
the discharge of toxic substances into POTW's.
- Implementation of Subtitle C of the Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act (RCRA) to provide a State administered hazardous waste program to
include enforcement action, permitting activities and a hazardous
substance manifest system.
- Development of a multi-faceted hazard management program.
- Establishment of a statewide hazardous residual management facilities
plan utilizing 201 construction grants and the industrial pretreabnent
program.
Groundwater Management
More than fifty-five percent of the State is dependent on groundwater as
a source for potable water and projected water use indicates that surface
water supplies alone cannot meet the demand. The following are high-
lights of the recommended groundwater management program:
- Hie development of groundwater quality standards to establish a basis
for groundwater quality management.
- The development of a regulatory program under New Jersey's Water
Pollution Control Act to control pollutant discharges to groundwater.
- The development of a plan for classifying aquifers (i.e., prime aquifer
recharge areas) as a basis for protecting aquifers from pollution, and
assuring their continued function as sources of water supply and base
flow in surface waters.
- The development of a groundwater discharge permit as part of the NJPDES
Program during the NPDES assumption effort.
-------
Non-point Source Control
Initial planning efforts have produced evidence that non-point sources
contribute a major share of many serious pollutants to lakes and
streams. Without effective controls non-point source pollution will
prevent achievement of our 1983 goal of fishable and swimmable waters.
There is little doubt that non-point sources have a direct and serious
impact on the uses many of our citizens make of water. Highlights of the
non-point source control plan are as follows:
- Development of a coordinated State, County and local agency stormwater
management program to ensure that water quality, groundwater recharge
and flood control objectives will be considered in future development.
- Implementation of a management program for control of runoff from
agricultural and silvicultural areas.
- Enforcement of mandatory erosion controls for construction activities,
and expansion of the State Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Act to
include public works projects (e.g., road construction) and surface
mining activities.
- Enforcement of programs for new disposal facilities for solid and
hazardous waste (RCRA integrates).
- Management of septic system design, installation and maintenance to
protect water quality.
Point Source Control
The objectives of the point source program are to control existing point
source discharges and, where needed, upgrade wastewater treatment
facilities to meet the goals of fishable and swimmable waters where
attainable, and to preserve existing water quality and water uses.
Highlights of the point source control program are as follows:
- Clarification of requirements for wastewater disposal through spray
irrigation.
- Comprehensive statewide sludge management strategy to deal with the
1981 ocean dumping deadline and to reduce the volumes of sludge
entering overburdened landfills.
- A general strategy for statewide industrial pretreatment including
management agency funding.
- Clarification of wasteload allocation procedures for setting baseline
allocations for receiving waters as related to Advanced Wastewater
Treatment/Advanced Sewage Treatment (AWT/AST) justification and point
versus non-point source pollution abatement coordination.
-------
- Development of a coordinated EPA/State, Innovative/Alternative (I/A
technology program to encourage increased cost-effective design and
energy, and other resource recovery and conservation as related to
municipal treatment works.
- Expansion of the small wastewater disposal program to include small
community initiatives in addition to on-site subsurface disposal
systems.
Growth Management
Future urban and suburban development will influence water quality in
many ways, including increased need for sewers, septic systems or other
means of waste disposal and increased storm runoff with resultant
flooding and water pollution potential. The management of growth is
therefore an important aspect of water resource management strategy.
Highlights of the growth management plan include:
- Development and implementation of a single series of growth projections
for uniform application to water supply, air supply, and solid waste
planning and capital investment.
- Development and implementation of guidelines for the evaluation of
environmentally sensitive areas in 201 facilities planning.
RCRA Authorization
Implementation of the comprehensive hazardous waste program under PCRA is
EPA's number one national priority and authorization for the State to
operate the RCRA program in lieu of EPA is part of the national strategy.
NJDEP has developed a strategy to actively pursue authorization and v/ill
concentrate on achieving this goal by
- Assuming interim authorization and operating a hazardous waste projram
with EPA assistance.
- Evaluating New Jersey's hazardous waste program to determine adequacy
of resources, permit program, compliance monitoring, enforcement,
manifest, scope of waste, facility standards, statutes and regulations.
- Developing a plan for full authorization as part of application for
interim authorization.
- Developing authorization application.
-------
Section 205(g) Construction Grants Delegation
New Jersey has received partial delegation through a formal agreement
between the Regional Administrator and the Commissioner but, there is a
need for NJDEP to actually assume substantial delegation and to implement
an effective organizational structure.
The strategy has been modified to accelerate substantial delegation and
to enhance interagency and interdepartmental communications which will
improve overall management of the Construction Grants Program and will:
- Implement a re-organized NJDEP staff structure.
- Establish a program for attracting and retaining qualified personnel.
- Implement detailed overview and program evaluation.
NPDES Assumption
An interim agreement has been reached, by which NJDEP will develop NPDES
industrial permits, municipal permits and pretreatment compliance
schedules. Data acquisition, regulatory/program development and
permitting strategies have been developed to meet such objectives for
this cross cutting issue and will include:
- Affording NJDEP the opportunity to develop the necessary expertise for
actual assumption.
- Training programs to develop NJDEP staff capability.
- Development of final regulations for program assumption.
- Increased technical staff /resource capabilities to acceptable levels
for program assumption.
- Pormalization of interim agreements into working agreements.
PEP/EPA Organization
Both DEP and EPA are currently being reorganized to consolidate
activities and realign staffing efforts to implement new programs and
strategies and to increase the efficiency of current efforts. The
current charts (see below) are not up to date, and will not intended
to be redrawn until final changes are made.
-------
I/HO
OIKIANI/ATIOINCMAKT
Dlil'ARTMtiNT OF ENVIKONMliN TAL I'UOTLCI ION
I'INI 1 ANI>S
AdHHSIIION
/(. Wolf
ASSISTAN i rm
1 Ok SCWNIX AN
UK. AI.IIKN (1
MISSIONMK
I) RKSKARCII
«I.KI.I.AN
I'anref and
Tualc Suliilaiuei
K Health
Sflenre Kesearch
CUMMIS
JKKKY untn:
DLI'LTIY a>t
A.SSISI ANT <()MMISSH)N(-:R
1 OR NAIURAI.Ri;S()UK(lvS
DONAI.lt r. (IK. Ml AH
\
PARKS*
HWI.SMtY
Stillo I'niks &
run-sin
Inn si 1 ire Si-ivUc
I-'IIIMI MM.
1 ISII. CIAMF. &
WI1.DI II H
WllJIile M«l.
Marine tl.ilieik>
Sl»llll«lirili'l
ii-shwulci Mbltvitu^
Cnilanm-icJ i
Noii gHiiie SreiiK'i
lulncallouul
Seivk-us
01 1 R i; (>i; (-:NV.
ANALYSIS
/{, Yuttjtttaits
SIONUR
4MISSIONKR
WILSON
IM'C. OP CULTURAL
L. SrlimUt
A
SSm AN T CfJMMISSIONI-.R
t (^)VLKNMI Nl Al. Al I'AIKS
i
Kcculjlurr AKairi
r.il.lk
rarltcl|iallun
ASSISTANT COMMISSIONIiR ASSISTANT U1MMISSIONI-R 1 OR
MAN A«;KMKNT & I.U.X:ET ™*- ™™™™£ «Mri1UIL
1 I
CRIIIN A(Ui:SA
RKCRI'ATION
£*llUtl££l
'I'aK t jicnt|>tUiii
I'mitiaiti
I'Uunliil
COASTAL
KliSOUKCI.S
1 iJelunJj
Kk-1,1 Srrvlcui
I'ftijei't ItevittW
I'Ulllihit t
I MI>LOYLi; MCiT.
& Dtvi i.orMi:Ni
I'crsoMiitl
Arririnallvt Ac-lli. II
l.thu'r lU'lilkini
Maii|Mtsver
I'lnitiilnf
Slilf l)c»lii|iiiieiil
ADMINISTRATIVE HA/ARIICHIS .
K. Tmntntkl **• <*'«*«''M'1
| I
""'r-iscAi.A WATI-.R
SUPWIRTSHRV. RI'SIHJRCES
w^LJUHili - A. ScMf&iai--..
l-Ucal & Accoimllim Miimlni & M|l.
Au.llchu Water Sii|i|.ly *
1-lu.d Plain Mil.
"' "I|""V ' fuHlc Wmlew.ler
Mariar.eiiienl lnli>. l-..-IIMiei
& l>nl« Syslemi
(•UIICCH.HU M..nM.«ln«
Surveillance &
& McenUiii P.iiforcemnil
Miiiui'.uiuvnl Ccitluity &
Set vices Tuf>«i|trai>tiy
1
QUALITY
ScillJ Wulr
Air I'olliiliiui
Kaililllun
Nobe Culllnil
-------
7/80
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
REGION J!
OF3GANJZAT30N CHART
I
REGIONAL
DEPUTY R2GJOMAL
ADMINISTRATOR
THE OFFICE OF
EXTERNAL PROGRAMS
DIRECTOR
CO
WATE3 C'iViSJOM
O:RECTOR
(2) DEPUTY DIRECTORS
PLAW&JGAKD
MANAGEMENT DIVISION
DIRECTOR
DEPUTY DIRECTOR
PROCJiAM •
AND TOXIC
INTEGRATION
BRANCH
GRANTS
ADMINISTRATION
BRANCH
PLANNING AND
EVALUATION
BRANCH
PERMITS
ADMINISTRATION
BRANCH
PERSONNEL ANO
ORGANIZATION
BRANCH
INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
BRANCH
FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
BRANCH
FACILITIES AND
ADMINISTRATIVE
SUPPORT
BRANCH
AIR & HAZARDOUS
MATERIALS DIVISION
DIRECTOR
DEPUTY DIRECTOR
E?iFCRCEUEMT DIVISION
DIRECTOR
DEPUTY DIRECTOR
SURVEILLANCE AMD
ANALYSIS DIVISION
DIRECTOR
DEPUTY DIRECTOR
KAR1NS ANO
XETLAND
PROTECTION BRANCH
RESEARCH AND
QUALITY
ASSURANCE BRANCH
-------
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
^ b
AOMMISTRATOR ASSISTANT OR
CONSTRUCTION GRANTS ENFORCE ME*
ADMINISTRATION 1
REOION Z
PLANMNG AND DUNN RE8ION DT
DELAWARE REGION S
RARITAN REGION X
PASSAIC-HACMNSACH . RISION JOT
ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS AND
PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS
RESIDUAL DISPOSAL AND
LAND TREATMENT
INNOVATIVE/ALTERNATIVE AND
COMBINED SEWERS
CONSTRUCTION CONTROL
•RANTS ADMINISTRATION
•RANTS MANAGEMENT
s s\
WATER POLICY AND W
f /I
CLEAN WATER k*
COUNCIL J*"
ECTOR ASSISTANT DIRECTOR
r MONITORING, 0*4
PLANNING
/ /
PLANNING AND STANDARDS
SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND
WASTEL0AD ALLOCATION
MONDDRING MANAGEMENT
BIOLOGICAL SERVICES
DATA ACQUISITION AND
QUALITY ASSURANCE
SHELLFISH CONTROL
GROWING AREA ANALYSIS
LABORATORY SERVICES
s /
DIRECTOR
t— |
r — 1
T
DEPUTY
DIRECTOR
f~ 1
*jfa KOLOdCM. MMVCY
f >f WT ** ADMIMISTIIATK1N
ASSISTANT DIRECTOR ASSISTANT DIRECTOR ASSISTANT DIRECTOR
WATER SUPPLY mt
WATER QUALITY WATER SUPPU FLOOO PLAW
MANAGEMENT ) FACILITIES J MANAGEMENT J
GROUNOWATER RESOURCES BUSINESS OFFICE WATER SUPPLY PLANNIM
""POLLUTION ANALYSIS DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT * WATER*SUPPLY PLANNIIH
RESl"uALSEMAEN*«EMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE WATER ALLOCATION
RESOURCE EVALUATION PDTABLS w*tt»
INDUSTRIAL PERMITS PERWTTO* AND INVESTIBA-
„,-...-, TWNS
PRETHEATMENT SPECIAL PROJECTS
BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FLOOD P' »'N «uuKi«ir
MUNICIPAL PERMITS
PERMITS PLOOO PLAIN ROUVATMI
SEWER EXUNSIONS MCROACHMINT PERNWS
DAN) SUPERVISION
FLOOO PLAIN MANABTMlwT
fLOOD PLAN DELINEATION
FLOOD CONTROL BONO ADIIIINSTm«T»M
-------
7/30
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WATER DIVISION
ORGANIZATION CHART
DIRECTOR
DEPUTY DIRECTORS
H
_
Technical
Resources
Branch
1 Program
Support
Section
1 Technical
Evaluation
Section
Water
Resources
Section
1
Environmental
Impacts
Branch
New York/
Virgin Islands
Sect' en
New Jersey/
Puerto Rico
Section
—
Water
Supply
Branch
Public Water
Sup. Program
Section
Drinking
Water Prot.
Section
~
NJ/Caribbean
Water Programs
Branch
Caribbeen
Section
Atlantic/
Delaware
Section
Raritan/
Passaic
Section
Maw Jersey/
Carib. Statewide
Programs Section
—
|
New York
Water Programs
Branch
Western
Section
Eastern
Section
"New York State-
wide Programs
Section
—
1
Water
Perml ts
Branch
New York/
Caribbean
Section
New Jersey
Section
Municipal
Section
—
Solid
Waste
Branch
Technical
Assistance
Section
Hazardous
Waste
Section
-------
2. STRATEGIES
2.1 Water Quality Management Program
Goal
The Water Quality Management Program (WQMP) is one of several EPA
programs contributing to the achievement of the water quality goals
of the Clean Water Act, including "protection and propagation of
fish, shellfish, and wildlife and provision of recreation in and on
the water by 1983 wherever attainable...." Specifically the WQMP
program, the goal is:
To assist State and local agencies and the public to develop
and implement a decision-making process for solving point and
nonpoint source pollution problems to meet the water quality
goals of the Act.
Purpose
/
To provide strategic direction for WQMP programs and assist Region
II, in contributing to the development of State strategies,
State/EPA Agreements, and work plans in FY 81.
Background
With improved program management and a focus on nonpoint sources in
FY 81-3, EPA plans to bring about an orderly phase-out of the 208
grant program, and replace it with a restructured WQM Program in FY
83 and beyond.
In the next few years, EPA will continue to stress problem solving,
with an emphasis on putting operational control programs in place.
Second, EPA will build an information base which will provide
future grantees with information they need to control rwnpoint
sources effectively and efficiently. Third, EPA will develop and
implement a management program to maximize the effectiveness of
limited WQM resources.
The WQM program is to assist Region II, states, local agencies, and
the public in developing a decision making process for solving
point and nonpoint source pollution problems to meet the water
quality goals of the Act. To assist in the accomplishment of this
goal EPA Region II will award FY 81 grants under Section 106 and
208 to Region II States, interstate and areawide agencies.
Elements of Strategy
1. Development of a Water Quality Management Framework.
2. Completion of 208 Program by focusing on nonpoint sources.
3. Development of a Region/State Water Quality Management
Information System.
4. Involvement of local agecies in the State's WQM program.
11
-------
1. Water Quality Management Framework
Ohe Water Quality Management Framework is a systematic approach
to managing the WQMP program. One framework identifies the
interrelationships of the various sub-programs making up the
WQMP program and builds the foundation foe an integrated
program from separate elements of the law (e.g., Section 106,
208 and 303(e) of the Clean Water Act),
Ihe WQMP process and framework consists of steps which comprise
both the regulatory requirements and the demands of good
process management for the WQMP program as a whole. The steps
are:
Assessment of the water quality problems. Ihe assessment
forms the basis of selecting the WQMP program priorities
and activities.
Development of strategies. Strategies are a culmination
of a management process in which goals, objectives and
priorities are set and a cohesive sequence of activities
are set forth to maximize the use oE resources to develop
and implement solutions to the water quality problems.
Development of the WQMP portion of the SEA. Ihe State/EP^
Agreement documents the mutual commitment of EPA and the
State to solve priority environmental problems.
Development of work programs. The work program is the
most important tool the Project Manager can use to manage
the WQMP program.
Assistance in the implementation of WQMP plans and
execution of work programs. The assistance that Regional
Offices provide agencies is the key to make the WQMP
process work - the development and implementation of WQMP
plans, effective and efficient administration of operation
control programs and the improvement in water quality.
Evaluation of progress. Evaluation establishes the
feedback loop in the WQMP problao-solving process to keep
management, planning and implementation .
-------
The framework for the State will be promoted by Region II
for better planning and management and for coordination
and intergration of Nonpoint Source (NFS) controls with
the point source program (201), and other programs such as
the Resource Conservation Recovery Act (RCRA), the
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), etc. The long term "1990"
construction grants strategy will attempt to ensure a
consistent approach to the total water quality problem.
Region II will encourage input into the design of the
restructured program from the State, areawide agencies,
local agencies and the public.
EPA Grant Assistance:
106 Grants - provides funds to assist States in the
operation and management of water pollution
control activities such as administration,
compliance, enforcement, water quality
standards, monitoring, emergency response,
development of a single statewide WQM Program,
etc.
201 Grants - provides funds for the planning, design,
and construction of municipal wastewater
treatment facilities incorporating I/A
technology, individual systems, recreation
and open spaces, energy requirements, pre-
treatment etc.
205 (g) Grants - provides the authorization for reservation
of a portion oE the allotment made to each
State for costs of administration.
208 Grants
314 Grants
RCRA Grants
SDWA-Sec 1421
UIC
- provides for the development of oper-
ational control programs for nonpoint
sources such as urban stormwater runoff,
groundwater contamination, agriculture,
silviculture, on-lot disposal systatis,
construction runoff, etc.
- provides funds for Clean Lakes Program
- provides funds for solid waste manage-
ment planning and hazardous waste management
program planning and implementation and
inventory of open dumps.
- provide funds for State programs for the
adoption and enforcement of underground in-
jection control programs for protection of
groundwater.
13
-------
SWDA-Sec. 1443 - provide funds for adoption and enforcement
PWS of State drinking water regulations and Public
Water System supervision.
SDWA-Sec. 1444
State Grants - provide funds to assist in the development
and demonstration of programs which will
demonstrate a new or improved method, or
technology for providing a dependable safe
supply of drinking water to the public.
Special Studies - provide funds to assist in the development
of projects which will investigate and demon-
strate health implications involved in reclam-
ation, recycling, and re-use of wastewater.
The following major objectives/activities are to ensure the de-
velopment of a WQMP framework:
. Region II provides guidance on "total" WQMP program.
. State comments on Region II's guidance.
. State develops initial framework for State's WQM program.
. Region II comments on proposed framework.
. State designs specific elements of WQMP program.
. Region II and State use WQMP to integrate program strategies.
14
-------
STATE WQMP PROGRAM
FDNDABLE ACTIVITIES
Activity*
CONSTRUCTION GRANTS MANAGEMENT
PERMITS (includes NPDES, 404 and
other State Permit Programs)
Administration
Compliance Evaluation
Enforcement
Funding Source
106 to the extent not fundable under
205(g)
106, 205(g)
106, 205(g)
106, 205(g)
106, 205(g)
GENERAL AND POINT SOURCE PLANNING 106, 208, 205(g)
Water Quality Standards
Wasteload Allocations
Municipal Facilities Planning
208 Dredge and Fill Regulatory
Programs
NONPOINT SOURCE PLANNING AND
IMPLEMENTATION
106
106, 201, 205{g)
106, 201, 205(g)
208, 106, 205(g)
208, 106
MONITORING
Equipment and Facilities 106
Ambient and Compliance Monitoring 106,
General/Point Source Intensive 106
Surveys
MUNICIPAL FACILITIES OPERATIONS 106, 205(g)
AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING
INTENSIVE CAUSE-EFFECT RELATIONSHIP
MONITORING FOR RCWP PROGRAMS
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
PRETREATMENT
314 CLEAN LAKES
OTHER PROGRAM ACTIVITIES
106,208
N.J. Spill Compensation & Control Act
106, 205 (g)
314
106, 208
* Refinement of elements shown in 40 CFR 35.1513~5(c)(1-18)
15
-------
2. Completion of WQMP Program
Completion of WQMP program and the movement from nonpoint source
planning to nonpoint control programs will be the aim of future
208-funded activities.
Because initial 208 activities focused on point source problems,
there is a need to fill the gap in the WQMP plans involving nonpoint
sources. Region II's strategy is to build a strong technical base
for nonpoint source control before 208 grants are phased out. It is
anticipated that there will be no 208 grants after FY 83.
Planning in FY 81-83 for 208 will be for site - specific problem
solving projects to develop implementable cost effective controls
for nonpoint source problems. These projects must lead to solving
water quality problems and at the same time provide a basis from
which to transfer the results and apply them regionwide and nationwide.
Based upon the analysis of Region II initial 208 plans, and con-
sistent with national 208 strategies, FY 81 activities in Region II
will focus on the development of operational control programs for
nonpoint sources of pollution. In Region II the emphasis will be
on: urban stormwater runoff, groundwater contamination, agricul-
ture, construction runoff, non-coal mining, hydraulic/hydrologic
modifications, landfill leachates, and financial management for
nonpoint source controls.
There are other water quality management priorities in Region II
which need to be addressed using other funding sources such as 201,
PCRA, SDWA, etc. Ihese other priorities include municipal dis-
charges, industrial discharges, residual waste, and small wastewater
systems including septics.
The following major objectives/activities will be pursued to
ensure completion of the 208 program:
. Manage statewide programs and oversee the areawide programs
to bring about implementation of certified and approved WQMP
Plans.
. Complete state certification requirements for all initial
plans.
. Develop a statewide WQMP in order to incorporate statewide
elements of both the designated and undesignated WQM Plans
into one comprehensive document.
. Transfer results of various areawide projects for statewide
application.
16
-------
Initiate action to change the designation status of areawide
planning agencies where implementation of the plan is not
occurring or where other evidence of capability is lacking.
Delegate authority for planning activities and pass funds
through to areawide or local agencies.
Institute an orderly transition to revise WQMP program
by moving from individual grant programs into a con-
solidated WQM process which interrelates water quality
standards, problem assessment, planning, management,
evaluation and enforcement.
Development of work programs for continuing planning
funding under section 208 containing measurable out-
puts leading to technically, politically and finan-
cially implementable solutions for identified high-
priority problem areas.
s
Secure funding for management practices addressing
agricultural pollution under the Rural Clean Water Program
. Document project planning, management and implementation
needs for a five year period (FY 81-85).
Development of a Regional and State Water Quality Management
Information System (WQMIS).
In FY 81, Region II will promote the building and transferring
of an information base for nonpoint source control. State and
areawide 208 grantees must document, in order to facilitate
Region II transfer within the Region, the findings of the
various projects funded in FY 81. This will be accomplished
through annual Regional and State WQM conferences.
The FY 81 strategy is to minimize duplication in nonpoint
source planning efforts by not approving projects within
the region which are of similar nature or have aspects which
are duplicative.
17
-------
Development*of a State WQMIS. The system will be designed to:
. Provide information for regional technology transfer and
public information programs.
. Develop expertise at State and local levels regarding new
priority problem areas.
. Ensure the incorporation of recently developed information
and techniques into the total WQM process for point and
nonpoint.
. Assist in determining if voluntary BMP's are working, or if
regulatory programs are needed.
. Include an implementation information element to keep track
of WQM plan implementation.
. Encourage the State to hold annual State WQM workshops. EPA
Region II will hold an annual Regional WQM conference.
The following major objectives/activities are to ensure the
development of regional and state WQMIS:
. State will develop and maintain an information system for
handling transferable technical information.
. State will prepare summaries of the results of problem
solving projects.
. State will (with initial EPA assistance) utilize the
resource of technical assistance contracts to help transfer
prototype information (i.e. provide training) to agencies
with specific needs.
. State will determine what group needs to be trained.
. State will revise training priorities as new information
is developed.
. EPA will advise agencies of existing available plan
information and of the funding restrictions that will
disallow duplicative work in prototype projects.
State and Region II
. State/EPA will hold annual statewide/regional
meeting/conferences for WQM participants to discuss
transferable results.
. State/EPA will determine new priorities for the annual
conferences as new information becomes available.
18
-------
4. Program
As initial planning is nearing completion, EPA, the State, and
the areawide and local agencies must implement the decisions
made in the planning process. In light of the level of effort
exerted on the parts of the various agencies in developing
expertise and intimate knowledge of the nature of problems in
their areas, it would be wise to utilize this resource to the
fullest extent by involving them in the future efforts of this
program. These efforts will consist of filling gaps in the
plans, especially for nonpoint source controls. EPA will
continue to use the 208 grant program to augment the existing
point source control framework with an equally complete
nonpoint source framework.
There is also a need to adequately involve the public in
the WQM process by allowing their input and participation
in problem assessments, 5 year needs assessments, development
of program strategies, work plans, plan formulation, and
implementation.
The following major objectives/activities are to ensure
involvement of local agencies and the public in the WQM
program:
. Areawide agencies prepare 5 year needs assessments for
designated 208 areas.
Utilize local agencies' technical and institutional
expertise to develop technically sound and implementable WQM
plans.
. Encourage local agencies support in promoting implementation
of initial WQM plans.
. Involve local agencies in developing a restructured WQM
process for solving point and nonpoint problems.
. Utilize local Citizen Advisory Committees (CAC's) in future
area specific 208 prototype projects.
. Request local agencie's input into SEA WQM objectives,
strategies, and activities.
. Involve local agencies and CAC's in developing scopes of
proposed WQM projects.
. Actively involve, through delegation, local agencies
and CAC's in: development of WQM SEA strategies, work
plans, and planning activities.
19
-------
2.2 Public Participation
ftie goal of public participation in Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) and NJDEP programs over the next several years
is to develop sound, well conceived solutions to environmental
problems which are generally acceptable to the affected publics.
Public Participation is an essential part of nearly every government
activity that affects the environment. In order for involvement
to be meaningful and beneficial to all, the public should be
involved early and continuously in decision-making activities.
(Bus includes the updating and implementation of the State/EPA
Agreement (SEA).)
The EPA promulgated new public participation regulations in 1979
and 1980. Hie regulations specify the requirements for citizen
involvement in the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, and in all other EPA
programs. Special sections deal with increased requirements for
involvement in the planning activities of individual programs.
The NJDEP also developed public participation policy and organiza-
tional directives designed to assure early, continual and effective
citizen participation in all DEP activities.
Tfo enhance public participation activities:
The EPA has promulgated Interim Guidance for the Construction
Grants Program which will be published in final form during
calendar year 1980.
EPA has proposed a Policy on Public Participation which will
govern all activities of EPA and subsequent grantees.
The NJDEP has developed a new public participation policy,
Department wide office and committee of agency and private
citizen representatives. By mandate of this policy and under
the direction of the Public Participation Committee, each
NJDEP Division Element and Office, including the Offices of
the Directors, is developing a detailed strategy for public
involvement in each program listing objectives, affected
publics, and activities. The strategies describe how public
participation programs will be integrated to meet federal and
state regulations, policies, and intent and to use existing
resources most effectively. The strategies describing DWR
work plans comprise a NJDEP-DWR participation plan.
The Division of Water Resources has created an office of
Public Participation to allow for coordination and improvement
of Division-public activities.
20
-------
With the implementation of the Division Plan, it is anticipated
that citizen involvement opportunities will be increased, and
opportunities for involvement will be more uniform for all Water
Resource activities. The programs which will and will not include
public participation, the strategies and the associated activities
and organizational responsibilities will be clearly stated in
the Division Public Participation Plan. Timing, outputs, man
years, funding sources, targetted publics and issues are addressed
in individual workplans.
The Division is currently evaluating a concept that would allow
for the consolidation of appropriate Division public involvement
activities. This plan, if implemented, would result in periodic
regional meetings addressing the gamut of issues addressed by the
DEP. This Divisional program would not be an absolute substitute
for required public participation activities associated with each
Division program. Specific requirements and programs associated
with, for example, regulation development or wastewater facilities
grants programs may be necessary in addition to the Divisionwide
regional program. Whenever this appears to be the case, the
Division plan will detail planned activities. Nevertheless, a
consolidated approach to citizen involvement is seen as a mechanism
to increase mutual awareness and understanding and to improve
participation opportunities for the public in the range of Division
activities at the same time that it consolidates DWR and public
resources.
Generally speaking, the proposal calls for the creation of six
regional bodies consisting of:
1. representatives from the range of public sectors to make up
the core group reflective of the region they represent,
and
2. participation by the public at large.
These regional groups will meet (possibly quarterly) with appro-
priate management and staff personnel to receive an update on
Division activities, to receive additional information on specific
issues of interest and to provide advice to the Division on the
conduct of its programs. Since many issues cannot be adequately
addressed within four (4) meetings per year, it may be necessary
to form "sub groups" as a branch of the regional core to deal
with specific issues (i.e. trout management, environmentally
sensitive areas, water supply projects). The information of these
groups will be at the prompting of either the Division or the
public.
21
-------
The integration of involvement activities through regular regional
DWR public meetings is designed to allow additional cross cutting
of issues in public discussion. It would also aid in the develop-
ment of a network of citizens interested and active in environmental
issues. This will, by design, result in a significant improvement
in the use of resources.
In addition to regional groups with balanced representation, there
is also a need for the Division to communicate at certain times
directly with groups organized around a particular perspective.
TO date, these groups include the Water Resources Advisory Group
(Environmental Interest) and the Industrial Advisory Group and the
Water Purveyors Advisory Group. These groups are critical in
effecting a system of checks and balances for Division programs
and will be encouraged to work with the Department and the Division.
In addition, the two councils associated with the DWR must be
examined to determine their most appropriate role. These are the
Water Policy and supply Council and the Clean Water Council. The
Division will be examining ways to best apply the resources
available in these Councils to Division activities.
Besides these groups formed specifically to interact with the
Division of Water Resources, the EPA and the DEP recognize the
strength of resources available in local and regional groups in
New Jersey. Efforts will be made in the future to capitalize on
these resources and to utilize various groups in our efforts to
develop effective public participation programs.
Since this program will, naturally, require the support of both
the public and the DWR staff in order to be successful, the DWR is
asking for comments and criticism on the proposal. An analysis,
independent of the SEA process will be conducted to determine if
this approach is appropriate. It is hoped that, if acceptable,
regional committees would be functioning in the spring. For
more information on this issue, please contact Susan Goetz,
DWR Public Participation Coordinator at (609) 292-1637.
note: It is difficult to ascertain personnel requirements
for these public participation activities since personnel needs
are often dependent upon uncontrolled circumstances. The Division
of Water Resources has committed four (4) persons full-time to
public participation activities (Division Coordinator; Director,
Passaic River Basin Flood Study; Construction Grants Coordinator;
and Program Development and Technical Standards Public
Participation Coordinator). Other programs are also committed to
provide personnel on an "as needed" basis. Development of the
Division Public Participation Plan will clarify the need.
22
-------
STRATEGIES
1.0 DEVELOP DWR
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
PLAN WHERE APPLICABLE:
Water Quality Man.
NPDES
nonpoint sources
groundwater programs
residuals
pretreatment
Construction Grants
Water Supply
potable
allocation
planning
All EPA/DEP projects
development of SEA
update
2.0 DESCRIBE PROGRAMS OF THE
DIVISION WHICH WILL NOT
HAVE A PUBLIC PARTICI-
PATION PROGRAM & EXPLAIN
WHY
Amdinistration
Monitoring
ACTIVITIES
1A Apply EPA regs &
DEP/DWR policies to
all applicable programs
IB Prepare work plans for
all applicable programs
to include:
- detail compliance
schedules
- compositional re-
quirements for each
citizen advisory
committee (CAC)
- detailed budget
- staff resources
(specific names &
titles)
- schedule of activities
1C Explain training pro-
gram for the CAC's.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DWR
DWR/EPA
TIMING
12/80
1/81
thru
3/81
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
*
,
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
portion of
project
dollars
see not in narrative
Figure 2-1 Strategies for Public Participation
-------
NJ
STRATEGIES
3.0 DEVELOP CONSOLIDATED
P.P. PROGRAM, UMBRELLA
TO DIVISION ACTIVITIES
ACTIVITIES
- introduce concept to
existing public
bodies
- revise program based
on public conments
*
- solicit participants
through active out-
reach program
- begin participation-
response process
(i.e., quarterly
meetings, subconmittef
meetings as necessary)
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
- DEP/208 desig-
nated agencies
DEP
DEP
DEP/public
TIMING
10/80
1/81
10/80
1/81
1/81
1/81
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
revise
draft
report
newsletter
meetings
MAN-
VEARS
*
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
* see note in narrative Figure 2-1 Strategies for Public Participation
-------
STRATEGIES
4.0 INVQLVByENT OF DWR
ELEMENTS IN P.P. PROGRAM
ACTIVITIES
*
- preparation of quar-
terly status reports
- participation of
management personnel
in quarterly meetings
- involvement of element
personnel on an on-
going basis
- involvement of pro-
gram public involve-
ment coordinators in
specific program
activities
. pretreatrnent
. construction grants
. groundvater
. water quality
management
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DWR elements and
P.P. coordinators
\
TIMING
quart.
quart
contin.
determin-
ed by
individ-
ual pro-
ject work
plans
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
quarterly
reports
•
MAN-
VEARS
*
varia.
_
varia.
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
each indi-
vidual pro-
gram funds
•
see note in narrative Figure 2-1 Strategies for Public Participation
-------
STRATEGIES
5.0 INVOLVE SPECIAL INTEREST
GROUP
5.1 Industrial Advisory
Committee
5.2 Water Resources
Advisory Group
5.3 Water Purveyors
Advisory Committee
5.4 Clean Water Council
ACTIVITIES
- engage in active &
continuous dialogue
with IAC on issues
determined to be
critical by either
the IAC or DWR
- engage in active &
continuous dialogue
with WRAG on issues
determined to be
critical by either
the WRAG or DWR
- meet monthly to dis-
cuss issues of
significance to the
water supply industry
- engage in active &
continuous dialogue
with the CMC on issues
determine to be crit-
ical by either the
CMC or the DWR
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DWR
EWR
DWR
DWR
TIMING
as
needed
as
needed
monthly
monthly
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
•
.1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
* see not in narrative
Figure 2-1 Strategies for Public Participation
-------
2.3 Municipal Wastes
2.3.1 Section 205(g) Construction Grants Delegation
New Jersey has received partial delegation of the construction
grants program through a formal agreement signed by the EPA
Region II Administrator and the Commissioner of New Jersey
Department of Environmental Protection (NJDEP) on September
27, 1979. Ihe delegation agreement defines the responsibilities
of tasks to be delegated to the State, EPA oversight and pro-
gram reponsibilities, etc.
This section presents program development strategies and
activities to be undertaken by the NJDEP, DWR Construction
Grants Administration, to effectively improve the management
of the Construction Grants Program through the continued
delegation of responsibilities to the State. Complete
delegation will be accomplished through key objectives
and activities.
Section 205{g) is modified to accelerate substantial
delegation of the Construction Grants Program to NJDEP and
to enhance interagency and interdepartmental communications
which will improve overall managment of the Construction
Grants Program. Several new activities which will accomplished
this are: implement a're-organized NJDEP staff structure;
establish a program for attracting and retaining qualified
NJDEP personnel; and implement detailed overview and progrm
evaluation.
Figure 2-2 presents the objectives for Construction Grants
Delegation and the associated activities, organizational
responsibilities, timing, outputs, man-years and sources of
funds to ensure complete delegation.
27
-------
to
00
STRATEGIES
1.0 OBSTRUCTION GRANTS
DELEGATION PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
1.1 Develop State/EPA
Construction
Grants Delegation
Agreement
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Continue State and
EPA task forces to
prepare and update
agreement (composed
of staff fron groups
tasks) currently
performing or ex-
pected to perform
construction grant
tasks.
1.1.2 Continue Public
Participation
Program including
a Citizens Advisory
Committee (CAC) and
schedule of public
meetings and a
public hearing on
the delegation
agreement
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
CGA
2) USEPA, NJWPB
1) NJDEP, DWR,
CGA
2) USEPA, NJWPB
TIMING
on—
going
on-
going
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Delegation
Agreement
-
MAN-
YEARS
.
2
I
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205 (g)
Figure 2-2 Strategies for Section 205 (g) Delegation
-------
NJ
VO
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
1.1.3 Implement organiza-
tional structure to
facilitate effec-
tive program coor-
dination, and
provide staffing
and training needs.
Develop a schedule
for increasing staf
capabilities, leadii
to full program
delegation
1.1.4 Establish proce-
dures for modifying
existing subagree-
ments on a periodic
basis.
1.1.5 Complete subagree-
ments for all
functions to be
delegated address-
ing the specific
responsibilities
to be delegated
and detailing the
requirement,
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, EWR
CGA
g
1) NJDEP, EWR,
CGA
2) USEPA, NJWPB
1) NJDEP, DWR,
CGA
2) USEPA, NJWPB
3) CAC Task Force
TIMING
angoing*
tov 80
*>v 80
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
.
SOURCES OF
•FUNDS
205 (g)
*
Figure 2-2 Strategies for Section 205(g) Delegation
-------
U)
o
STRATEGIES
1.2 Implement
Construction
Grants Delegation
Agreement
•
ACTIVITIES
limits and exclu-
sions, and include
flow charts indi-
cating review
responsibilities
to assure proper
ptxxjiraift integra-
tion and concur-
rence in decision
making
1.1.6 Provide for
continuing public
involvement
1.2.1 Apply for and
obtain 205 (g)
grant monies for
continued staffing
and training
sufficient to assume
full level of
delegation
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWP,
CGA
2) USEPA, NJWPB
1) NJDEP, DWR,
CGA
TIMING
on-
going
Sept.
80
properly
staffed
p.lCXJ.LCllLt
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Adequately
funded
-
MAN-
YEARS
128
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205 (g)
Figure 2-2 Strategies for Section 205(g) Delegation
-------
u>
STRATEGIES
•
ACTIVITIES
1.2.2 Implement effective
reorganization
necessary to receivn
delegated responsi-
bilities for all
phase of delegation
1.2.3 Establish a program
for attracting and
retaining qualified
personnel
1.2.4 -Adequate physical
plant facilities fo:
increased staff
will be provided
1.2.5 Implementation of
subagreement
activities.
Revised schedule foj
implementation of
additional tasks
beyond tasks already
delegated must be pi
by NJDEP.
1.2.6 Continued input
from CAC will be
obtained through
the public partici-
pation program
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
CGA
1) NJDEP
2) Civil Service
3) USEPA
1) NJDEP, DWR
1) NJDEP, DWR,
CGA
epared
1) NJDEP, DWR,
CGA
2) USEPA, NJWPB
TIMING
)ct 80
)ct.
80
tot 80
tov. 80
jn-
joing
«
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Written
report to
EPA
MAN-
YEARS
•
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-2 Strategies for Section 205 Delegation
-------
Ul
N>
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
1.2.7 Evaluate performance
of NJDEP to deter-
mine if delegated
responsibilities
are being performed
satisfactory and
if additional
responsibilities
may be delegated
in accordance with
the agreed to (or
modified) schedule
in the Delegation
Agreement Tasks
1.2.8 Ensure that proper
evaluation and
control procedures
are established
before NJDEP
assumption of tasks.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) USEPA, NJWPB
80
1) USEPA, NJWPB
2) NJDEP, DWR,
CGA
TIMING
Sept
on-
going
4
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
•
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-2 Strategies for Section 205(g) Delegation
-------
OJ
CO
STRATEGIES
1.3 Continue effective
interagency and
interdepartmental
coordination for
improved program
coordination to
improve overall
management of the
program
ACTIVITIES
1.3.1 Establish and
implement procedures
for addressing new
or revised Federal/
State regulations,
policies, guidance,
etc., i.e. I/A,
Envir. sensitive
areas
1.3.2 Implement detailed
overview procedures
to ensure expedi-
tious detailed
quality review of
construction grant
documents to avoid
Federal and State
duplication
1.3.3 Establish and im-
plement detailed
program evaluation
procedures for mid-
year and annual
reviews
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) USEPA, N3WPB
2) NJDEP, EWP
1) USEPA, NJWPB
1) USEPA, NJWPB
TIMING
on-
going
on-
going
on-
going
4
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Proper
Oversight
Annual revi
5ep/0ct
nid-year re\
far/Apr
MAN-
YEARS
r
i?
Lew
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205 (g)
USEPA
Budget
1 -
Figure 2-2 Strategies for Section 205(g) Delegation
-------
2.3.2 ADVANCED WASTE TREATMENT
Under Section 303 of the Clean Water Act (CWA) of 1977, the State is
obligated to: (a) identify those waterways for which secondary treatment
for municipal discharges will not be sufficient to comply with instrearn
water quality standards; (b) establish a priority ranking of all such
waterways for which secondary treatment (municipal) and/or best practical
control technology (industrial) will not meet water quality standards; (c)
establish total allowable maximum daily loads for dischargers into water-
ways for which some form of AWT will be required for municipal and/or
industrial sources; and'(d) establish AWT limitations in accordance with
the priority list for waterways for which AWT is required including
seasonal variations and appropriate safety factors in such determinations.
Under Section 201 of the CWA, the USEPA is authorized to provide funds
to construct municipal STP's to provide a minimum of secondary treatment.
The rationale for imposing AWT requirements for specific effluent
constituents has historically been based upon several essential factors:
(a) results of water quality model studies (especially with respect to
CBOD and BOD limitations); (b) conformance with the antidegradation policy;
(c) New Jersey State regulations concerning treatment of wastewaters;
(d) prevention of eutrophic conditions in non-tidal waters (generally
P-removal); (f) prevention of algal blooms in tidal waterways (generally
N-removal); (g) preservation of trout propagation waterways (dechlorination
or other requirements), and (h) limitations on discharges to intermittent
streams. The extent of technical justification for the imposition of AWT
has not yet been defined, nor has the source of funding been identified
for such studies.
Currently, funding limited to that provided under Section 106 of the Clean
Water Act, is inadequate to support the number of such studies which would
be needed on a statewide basis. EPA-Region II has developed a tentative
list of watercourses and associated 201 projects for which Section 201
monies might be used to project the instream impact of such municipal
discharges. EPA and NJDEP will develop a final listing of Section 201
projects which will be required to undertake instream studies as an adjunct
to their present or future facilities planning. It is also essential that a
methodology be developed to identify data needs, water quality models and
other analytical tools which are needed to support the imposition of AWT
requirements on municipal or industrial dischargers.
The further development of a joint USEPA-NJDEP policy concerning advanced
waste treatment needs for municipal point sources will provide numerous
benefits. It will streamline the review of Section 201 grant proposals
and will provide uniform statewide guidelines for determining treatment
level requirements which will be consistent with both USEPA and NJDEP
policy. Beyond providing an equitable and systematic procedure for deter-
mining AWT needs at municipal facilities, it is also expected that the AWT
policy will provide a mechanism for identifying those waterways within
New Jersey warranting priority attention for water quality studies needed
to determine AWT needs and to pinpoint particular sources of funding which
can be prospectively utilized for such studies. The impact of this policy,
34
-------
therefore, will have a major effect on the overall administration of the
Section 201 Construction Grants Program in New Jersey and will assist in
directing resources toward evaluating AWT needs and constructing AWT facilities
to insure compliance with State and Federal regulations.
Figure 2-3 presents the strategies for Advanced Waste Treatment and the
associated activities, organizational responsibilities, timing, outputs,
man years and sources of funds.
35
-------
STRATEGIES
1.0 ADVANCED WASTE
TREATMENT - PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
1.1 Develop Waste-
load Allocation
Methodology
(WIA)
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 EPA and NJDEP will
jointly develop a
WLA procedure to
be utilized for
determination of
AWT requirements
for Section 201
proposals. This
procedure will be
used to determine
where the follow-
ing AWT processes
will be eligible
for Section 201
funding by EPA:
. CBOD removals
greater than re-
quired by second-
ary treatmet
. NOD removals
. dechlorination and
or alternatives to
chlorination
. denitrification
. post-aeration
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1} NJDEP, DWR (L)
a) Bureau of
Systems
Analysis and
Wasteload
Allocation
(BSA&WLA)
b) Construction
Grants
Administration
(OGA)
2) USEPA, Region
II, (S)
DRBC
TIMING
Oct.
1980
i
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
Methodol-
ogy
MAN-
YEARS
.25
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA,
Section 208
••
Figure 2-3 Strategies for Advanced Waste Treatment
-------
u>
STRATEGIES
1.2 Develop Water
Quality Modeling
Procedures
ACTIVITIES
. utilization of
seasonal opera-
tion for all or a
portion of the AWT
processes
. P-renoval
. removal of other
constituents not
regulated by
other State of
Federal regulations
1.2.1 USEPA and NJDEP
will establish a
joint policy to
identify water
quality models
which are to be
utilizied for
particular types
of 201 projects;
to outline minimum
field survey require
ments which will be
needed to support an;
AWT proposals and to
outline the extent
to which cost benefr
analyses are include
in AWT proposals
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
BSA WLA
2) USEPA, Region
II DRBC
TIMING
March
1981
t
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Policy
State-
ment
MAN-
VEARS
•
EPA-
.25
DEP-
.4
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA,
Section 106
Figure 2-3 Strategies for Advanced Waste Treatment
-------
00
STRATEGIES
1.3 Utilization of
Section 201 funds
for WIA studies
ACTIVITIES
1.2.2 DEP will establish
criteria for
application of
effluent limitations
based upon the
intermittent stream
policy, and effluent
limitations for
specific constituent!
in discharges to
intermittent stream?
1.2.3 EPA will provide
technical assistance
in the development
of the intermittent
stream policy
1.3.1 NJDEP and EPA will
develop a priority
list of waterways
and associated 201
projects to be
modeled using Sectior
201 funds
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR
BAW&WEA
USEPA, Region II
NJDEP, DWR
BSA&WLA
TIMING
Dec.
1980
Sep.
1980
•
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
Criteria
for appli-
cation of
effluent
limita-
tions
Effluent
limita-tioni
Constituents
fV priority
List of
waterways
MAN-
/EARS
.25
* •
for
•
.1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA,
Section 106
Section 208
Figure 2-3 Strategies for Advanced Waste Treatment
-------
OJ
10
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
1.3.2 NJDEP and EPA will
develop administra-
tive procedures to
channel Section 201
funds to appropriate
WLA studies and to
allow overall
administration of
individual studies
by NJDEP.
1.3.3 NJDEP and EPA will
identify which WLA
studies will be
undertaken by NJDEP
and which will be
contracted out to
consultants.
1.3.4 NJDEP will carry
out/supervise water
quality surveys and
analyses using
available 201
funds and will
reconmend wasteload
allocations for
all dischargers.
1.3.5 EPA concurrence
with 1.3.4
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, USEPA
CGA, BSA&WLA
NJDEP, USEPA
NJDEP
USEPA
TIMING
Nov.
1980
Nov. 80/
Cn-
going
On-
going
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
MAN-
Y-EARS
.2
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Section 201
Section 208
Section 201
Section 201
Figure 2.3 Strategies for Advanced Waste Treatment
-------
STRATEGIES
1.4 Other Strategies
•
ACTIVITIES
1.4.1 NJDEP and EPA will
investigate the
desirability of
establishing an
effluent chlorine
residual policy
for discharges into
certain high quality
waterways.
1.4.2 NJDEP will consider
the development of
a policy to
establish effluent
limitations for land
disposal discharges;
this policy will
incorporate minimum
treatment limitations
for specific
constituents which
vrould be uniformly
required for any
land disposal projects
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR,
BSA&WLA
TIMING
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Policy
Statement
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Section 201
Figure 2-3 Strategies for Advanced Waste Treatment
-------
2.3.2.1 ANTIDEGRADATION POLICY
The USEPA regulations under the Clean Water Act require the State to
develop a clear process for protecting high quality waters from further
degradation. These regulations require that areas of outstanding
State and national waters be protected from any further degradation,
while other high quality waters are protected in such a manner that
the existing use of the stream is preserved. It is possible to change
the physical and chemical characteristics of a stream to a limited
extent without significantly affecting the actual instream uses (e.g.,
trout maintenance).
The State's water quality standards include a provision which requires
that streams having existing water quality higher than the minimum
water quality standards be maintained at their existing quality unless
a change is justified based on necessary social and economic development.
The interpretation of this statement has raised many questions con-
cerning the degree that this requirement would restrict future develop-
ment in the State. It is estimated that 75 percent of the State's
drainage areas have streams which have water quality in excess of
standards for at least one of the water quality criteria in the State's
standards. It is therefore important to clarify the process that will
be used to set the effluent requirements in high quality waters.
NJDEP has established a system for setting the effluent limits for
high quality streams. In Class FW-1 streams no new discharge is
allowed. In Category 1 streams, no degradation is allowed. (All of
Category 1 streams meet certain criteria - trout production and tributary
streams, water upstream of trout production, approved shellfish
waters, waters which flow through state and federal parks, fish and
wildlife management areas, and unique biological areas such as the
Pine Barrens.) Dischargers to Category 1 streams would be required
to meet existing background stream quality. In Category 2 streams,
some degradation is allowed. In streams that do not meet the criteria
for Category 1, NJDEP allows some change in stream quality provided
that the use of the stream is protected.
For Category 2 streams, affected local jurisdications would be advised
of the effluent requirements that NJDEP would require for the proposed
discharge and could appeal the NJDEP decision to allow some change in
stream quality. For Category 1 streams, an applicant would have the
right to appeal the effluent requirements at a public hearing on the
basis that the economic and social costs of meeting the requirements
bear no reasonable relationship to the maintenance of existing water
quality.
To establish a definitive method for classifying streams, the following
strategies will be pursued:
NJDEP will establish clear criteria to define acceptable
changes in water quality where changes will be allowed.
41
-------
When developed, the criteria will be incorporated into WLA
Technical Procedures Manual.
The establishment of a clear process for setting requirements for
discharge to high quality waters will ensure that these decisions will
be made in a consistent manner, will be open to public scrutiny, and
will ensure the maximum protection of stream quality consistent with
other social goals. The policy will have the effect of making new and
increased stream discharges more costly and will favor land disposal
where this is less costly than high levels of wastewater treatment.
The policy will also make it more attractive to develop in areas which
do not have extremely pristine streams and will complement the State's
urban policy.
The Antidegradation Policy and Interim Wasteload Allocation Procedures
are embodied in the NJDEP proposed revisions to the Water Quality
Standards. Adoption of those standards is scheduled for September,
1980.
Figure 2-4 presents the strategies for the Antidegradation Policy and
the associated activities, organizational responsibilities, timing,
outputs, manyears and sources of funds.
42
-------
STRATEGIES
1 . 0 ANTIDEGRADATION
POLICY — DEVELOP
POLICY AND PROCEDURES
TO IMPLEMENT FEDERAL
AND STATE LAW AND
REGULATIONS
ACTIVITIES
1.1 Develop basic policy/
procedures as part
of State WCM Plans
1.2 EPA concurrence
with 1.1
1.3 Adopt and implement
policy/procedures
statewide
1.4 Develop detailed
procedures to
iirpleraent policy
including procedures
for data collection
interpretation to
determine guidelines
for determining if
proposed discharge
will adversely
affect stream uses,
guidelines for
applicants to appeal
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, Mon-
itoring and
Planning Element
(M&P Element)
USEPA, Region II
NJDEP, DWR
Bureau of System
Analysis and
Wasteload Allocation
(BSA&WIA)
NJDEP, DWR
BSA&WLA
TIMING
Comp.
1980
1980
1980
on-
going
carry
over
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Draft Plan
EPA Review
comments
Revisions
to water
quality
guideline
documents
MAN-
YEARS
N/A .
.25
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
N/A
EPA Budget
CWA,
Section 106
Section 208
CWA,
Section 106
Section 208
Figure 2-4 Strategies for Antidegradation Policy
-------
STRATEGIES
2.0 ANTIDBGRADATICN
POLICY — DETERMINE
AREAS FOR APPLICATION
OF POLICY
ACTIVITIES
effluent limits
based on antidegra-
dation, development
of criteria for judgi
"acceptable degradati
for category 2 waters
etc.
1.5 EPA assistance,
guidance in
development of 1.4
2.1 Based on 1.1 - 1.4
propose waters for
strict application
of antidegradation
policy through public
participation process
2.2 Inform public of
waters proposed in
2.1
2.3 Adopt amendments to
water quality
standards identify-
ing waters for
application of
antidegradation
policies
2.4 EPA concurrence
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
g
«n"
USEPA, Region II
.NJDEP, DWR,
BSA&WLA
.Designated 208
Agencies
.NJDEP, DWR
BSA&WLA
.Designated 208
Agencies
NJDEP, DWR,
DRBC
TIMING
1980
1980
Regula-
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Review
Garments
Prioritiz-
ed list of
streams
Public
neetings
and
conments
WDS
tions
,
MAN-
VEARS
.25
.25
.25
Section
SOURCES OF
EPA Budget
CWA,
Section 106
CWA,
Section 208
CWA,
106
Figure 2-4 Strategies for Antidegradation Policy
-------
2.3.3 Land Application of Municipal Wastewaters
Since the inception of the Federal Construction Grants Program in
1972, there has been considerable interest in promoting land
application systems and particularly spray irrigation, in New
Jersey. Recent Federal initiatives have promoted the use of land
application by municipalities as a cost-effective means of achieving
water quality goals using existing technology. In fact, the USEPA
has instructed the States to give priority consideration to land
application alternatives in the construction grants program. To
date, however, no land application projects have been constructed
in New Jersey State with Section 201 funds even though sane facility
planning for land disposal has been completed for certain projects.
A major problem hindering construction of land application projects
in New Jersey State has been the inconsistency between the treatment
levels which USEPA and NJDEP require prior to land disposal. The
NJDEP has required, as a matter of policy, that municipal discharges
receive secondary treaiment and chlorination prior to any land
application. This is a prerequisite for State certification of any
construction grants project utilizing land disposal. USEPA, on the
other hand, does not automatically require secondary treatment as a
prerequisite for land disposal of municipal wastewater or as a
prerequisite for Section 201 funding for such projects. In fact,
USEPA has published guidelines specifying minimum preapplication
treatment levels which are less stringent than the secondary treatment
requirements mandated by NJDEP. As a result, only those project
costs which are associated with facility planning for a plant which
meets the Federal minimum treatment levels are eligible for Section
201 funding. Any additional costs related to pre-application
treatment levels which are more stringent than the Federal minimum
levels must be justified in order to be eligible for USEPA funding.
This basic inconsistency between the State and Federal minimum
treatment requirements has, as a result, delayed Federal funding
for, and in general, has been a major obstacle to, the development of
land application projects in New Jersey State.
Another problem which hampers the use of land application is the
fact that many sewerage authorities are reluctant to construct land
disposal systems since reserve land area must be set aside when the
facility is initially constructed in order to accommodate future
growth in the service area. In areas where rapid infiltration
methods cannot be utilized, this additional reserve requirement can
be the most siginif icant capital cost item in constructing the
facility. This is further complicated by the fact that many authorities
or municipalities are reluctant to construct facilities which also
require marketing byproducts such as hay or other crops which are
created by spray irrigation. Furthermore, no officially published
requirements or guidelines exist which outline all the technical
requirements for spray irrigation systems, causing a general lack
of familiarity with such systems.
45
-------
The objective of the land application strategies is to promote the
use of land application as a cost-effective means of achieving
water quality goals. There are however, a number of constraints,
which can best bet resolved through a comprehensive policy and
problem strategy development and implementation effort. These
strategies, and their corresponding activities, will be implemented
over the next five years by the NJDEP Division of Water Resources'
Water Quality Management Element and Construction Grants Administration,
among others.
The strategies developed in this section by NJDEP have been developed
to meet the issue resolution and program development needs associated
with realizing spray irrigation objectives. These needs include:
- developing and disseminating guidelines and regulations for the
construction and operation of land application systems.
removal of the blanket requirements for secondary treatment prior
to application.
evaluation of the needed degree of treatment (post-primary) on a
case by case basis, taking into consideration variables such as
nutrients loads, soil characteristics, etc.
re-evaluation and re-consideration of funding constraints.
To resolve these issues, the following strategies will be pursued:
NJDEP will reevaluate its requirement for secondary treatment
prior to spray irrigation, including an assessment of blanket
requirements.
NJDEP will evaluate the needed degree of treatment (postprimary)
on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration such variables
as nutrient loads, soil characteristics, geology, etc.
NJDEP will develop guidelines or regulations for the design and
operation of land application systems.
Development of the means for implementing spray irrigation practices
in New Jersey could enable the State to achieve water quality goals at
a minimum capital investment, especially in areas where discharges
to surface waterways would entail some form of advanced waste
treatment. There is also the possibility that certain growth and
development restrictions could result from implementing a spray
irrigation strategy, but this has not been definitely shown.
46
-------
Overall, it is anticipated that the availability of spray irrigation
as a viable option for disposal of municipal wastewater will allow
the State to achieve water quality goals at minimal capital costs
and detriment to surface water quality.
Land Application of Municipal Wastewaters is being modified from
Spray Irrigation of Municipal Wastewaters and is being expanded to
include all land treatment alternatives (overland flow and rapid
infiltration) not only spray irrigation of municipal wastewaters.
The NJDEP should also develop guidelines for operation and maintenances
of land treatment systems and develop informational guidance on
land treatment systems. These additional items are critical to
promote land treatment and to insure proper operation and maintenance
of the systems. In addition, the NJDEP guidelines must be expanded
to include the health effects of spray coming off the land application
sites.
Figure 2-5 presents the strategies for land application of
municipal wastewaters and the associated activities, organizational
responsibilities, timing, outputs, manyears and sources of funds.
47
-------
it*
00
STRATEGIES
1.0 LAND APPLICATIONS -
REGULATORY/PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
1.1 Evaluate and
develop regulatory
authority as part
of the Treatment
Works Approval to
help encourage land
application as an
alternative treat-
ment process
1.2 Develop guidelines
for facilities in-
tending to utilize
land treatment
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Make legal determi-
nations as to exist-
ing authority and
future requirements
1.1.2 Prepare conceptual
changes to the
Treatment Works
Approval to allow
land application
1.1.3 Solicit public input
1.1.4 Publish final changes
in N.J. Register
1.1.5 Promulgate final
regulations
1.2.1 Develop guidelines
for state inspections
1.2.2 Develop guidelines
for application time
and rates
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, WQME
NJDEP, DWR:
1} WQME
2} Construction
Grants (S)
3) (S)
NJDEP, DWR:
1) WQME (S)
2) C.G. 80
3) (L)
NJDEP, DWR, WQME
80
NJDEP, DWR:
1) WQME
2) FWF (S)
3) NJDA Soil
Conservation
Committee and
have these
effects
TIMING
Dec
80
July
80
July
thru
Nov.
Nov.
July
80
July
80
Dec.
'
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Guidelines
MAN-
YEARS
19.2
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205 (g)
208 STATE
Figure 2-5 Strategies for Land Application of Municipal Wastewaters
-------
STRATEGIES
1.3 Review plans for
land applications
1.4 Develop guidelines
for operation and
maintenance of
land treatment
systems
ACTIVITIES
1.2.3 Develop guidelines
for monitoring
criteria
1.2.4 Develop enforcement
options
1.3.1 Develop guidelines
for review of land
application plans
1.3.2 Review of land
application plans
1.4.1 Develop guidelines
for operation and
maintenance of:
- slow rate
- rapid infiltration
- overland flow
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
1) WQME
2) C.G. (S)
3) Enforcement
4) WRP&M
5) NJDA Soil
Conservations
Committee
NJDEP, DWR:
1) WQME
2) C.G. (S)
NJDEP, DWR:
1) WQME
2) C.G. (S)
NJDEP, DWR:
1) C.G.
2) WQME
NJDEP
NJDEP/EPA
TIMING
Dec.
80
Dec.
81
Dec.
81
ongoing
Dec.
OT
81
ongoing
June
81
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
.1
NJDEP
Regula-
tions
VEARS
L980-
.2
L981-
.2
L982-
.2
i no o
L983-
L984-
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA. Sec.
106, 205 (g)
208
Figure 2-5 Strategies for Land Application of Municipal Wastewaters
-------
STRATEGIES
1.5 Provide for infor-
mation dissemina-
of land treatment
alternatives
•
1.6 Develop and issue
permits for land
application
•
ACTIVITY !
1.4.2 Issue 5 yr. permit
to land application
systems that require
schedules NJDEP-WQMB
ongoing
1.5.1 Conduct training
courses
1.5.2 Issue guidelines to
consulting engineer
municipalities, etc.
1.6.1 Require applications
for NJPDES permits
from land application
systems
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP/EPA
June
81
NJDEP, DWR, WQME
TIMING
ongoing
Jan.
81
*
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Permits
Issued
MAN-
VEARS
.
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205 (g)
208 STATE
Figure 2-5 Strategies for Land Application of Municipal Wastewaters
-------
2.3.4 On-site Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Systems (Septic Systems)
The objective in managing septic systems is to ensure that such
systems are designed or constructed to prevent health problems or de-
gradation of surface and ground waters through an integrated planning,
design and construction; operation and maintenance permit; enforcement
and management program. A regulatory and program development strategy
has been developed to meet these objectives. These strategies, and
their corresponding activities, will be implemented over the next
several years by the NJDEP, DWR's Water Quality Management Element's
Bureau of Ground Water Management, with input from the Public Wastewater
Facilities Element, and various public and substrate agencies.
The strategies in this section have been developed by NJDEP to meet
the program development needs associated with realizing septic system
management objectives. These needs include:
.establishing ground water standards
.alternate design standards and guidance
.permit issuance
.development of management plans and agencies.
Figure 2-6 presents the strategies for on-site subsurface wastewater
disposal systems and the associated activities, organizational respon-
sibilities, timing, outputs, man-years and sources of funds.
51
-------
STRATEGIES
1.0 GROUND SUBSURFACE
DISPOSAL - REGULATORY/
PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
1.1 Develop ground
water standards
1.2 Upgrade standards
for the construc-
tion of individual
subsurface sewage
disposal systems
ACTIVITIES
See Ground water Management
1.1.1 Revise and draft
standards
1.2.2 Revise standards
1.2.3 Promulgate
standards
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR:
a) WDM (L)
All DWR agencies,
public.
NJDEP
1) WOM
2) All DWR agencies
TIMING
Com-
pleted
July
1980
Dec.
1981
4
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Standards
Standards
Standards
Standards
MAN-
YEARS
•
1.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
GWA, Sec. 201
State
Appropri-
ation
Fiqure 2-6 Strategies for On-Site Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Systems
-------
STRATEGIES
1.3 Develop standards
alternate designs
to conventional
septic systems to
prevent health prc
blems and ground
water pollution
ACTIVITIES
1.3.1 Research other state
EPA/etc, alternate
designs
-
1.3.2 Develop ground wate]
quality standards
1.3.3 Draft alternate
design standards
1.3.4 Send out for review
of DWR, statutory
committee, public
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
/ NJDEP, DWR:
1) Vim (D
2) CGA (s)
NJDEP, DWR:
WQM
NJDEP, DWR:
1) W3M (L)
2) CGA (S)
NJDEP, DWR:
DWQM (D
2) CGA (S)
TIMING
JUNE
1980
FEE
1980
JULY
1981
SEPT
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Standards
Standards
Standards
MAN-
VEARS
.75
.
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec. 201
State
Appropria-
tion
Figure 2-6 Strategies for Qn-Site Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Systems
-------
U1
STRATEGIES
1.4 Issue permits for
alternate designs
to conventional
septic systems to
prevent health pro-
blems and ground-
water pollution
1.5 Issue permits for
subsurface disposal
(septic systems) it
critical area, sub-
divisions over 50
units, schools, hos
pitals, campgrounds
and trailer parks.
Permits issued pri-
marily to protect
public health ex-
cept in Pine Barrel
Critical Area wher<
ACTIVITIES
1.3.5 Promulgate alternate
design standards
See Ground Water IVanagement
-
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, EWR:
1) WCM (L)
2) (S)
NJDEP, TWR:
1) WDM(L)
TIMING
FEB
82
FEB
1981
i
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Standards
Issue
Permits
MAN-
YEARS
.
5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Cm, Sec. 201
State
Appropria-
tion
Figure 2-6 Strategies for On-Site Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Systems
-------
Ul
in
STRATEGIES
(1.5 continued)
ground water quali
standards also raus
be sent
1.6 Develop certifica-
tion program for
field testing and
inspection person-
nel to insure
reliable. and cost
effective field
tests for design
purposes
• .
ACTIVITIES
-Y
1.6.1 Research other state
certification pro-
grams
1.6.2 Revises types of data
and tests required
in standards and
specification for
design of septic
systems (including
alternate designs)
1.6.3 For specified tests
and data, list tester
inspector powers,
influence, and rights
together with standar
of performance
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
1) W3tf (1)
1) NJDEP, DWR:
' a) Groundwater
Management
Unit" (L)
Is b) Office of Rec
latory Affair
2) State Statutory
Committee (S)
TIMING
FEB
1981
DEC
1981
Start
DEC
1981
Com-
plete
take-
over
1984
Dec.
81
u-
s(S)
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Certificate
Program
MAN-
YEARS
>n
lyr
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec. 201
State
Appropria-
tion
Figure 2-6 Strategies for On-Site Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Systems
-------
Ul
cr»
STRATEGIES
1.7 Develop standards for
operation and main-
tenance of systems
ACTIVITIES
1.6.4 Initiate appropriate
implementation
( administrative/
legislative) steps
1.6.5 Prepare a two-part
examination (writ-
ten and practical)
1.6.6 Devise administra-
tive procedures for
testing, certifica-
tion and enforce-
ment (inspection,
hearings, loss of
certifications)
1.7.1 Research other
state standards
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, WHM
1) NJDEP, DWR
a) WOM
2) Other state
agencies
NJDEP, DWR, W3M
(1)
TIMING
DEC
1981
MAR
1981
JUNE
1981
FEE
1981
.
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Written
exam
Administral
Procedures
Standards
MAN-
YEARS
1 yr
ive
.1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec. 201
State
Appropria-
tion
Figure 2-6 Strategies for On-5xte Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Systems
-------
. STRATEGIES
•
ACTIVITIES
1.7.2 Draft Standards.
1.7.3 Review standards
1.7.4 Promulgate standards
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
W$>1 (L)
CGA (S)
State Statutory
Committee (S)
All DWR Agencies
(L) State
Statutory Committee
(S)
NJDEP, DWR
1) WQM
2) All DWR
Agencies (S)
TIMING
FEB
1981
JULY
1981
DEC
1981
i
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Standards
MAN-
YEARS
2/yr
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
208
Figure 2-6 Strategies for Qnsite Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Systems
-------
STRATEGIES
1.8 Delegate manage-
ment responsibilit
to appropriate EWR
(or State agency) ,
county or local
agency following
a thorough review
of data gathering,
design, construc-
tion, operation
and maintenance
and enforcement
standards
ACTIVITIES
1.8.1 For each of the
following: data
aathering design
construction
operation and
maintenance enforce-
ment determine the
statutory, fiscal
and geographic ,
criteria necessary
for successful
application of the
applicable stand-
ards
1.8.2 Evaluate existing
State, regional,
country, and local
institutions for
their ability to
meet each of the
criteria developed
in 1.8.1 above.
1.8.3 Draft a plan for
delegation of
responsibility to
existing state
(including CWR) ,
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, V£M
(L) , All Division
Agencies (S) ,
Public and sub-
state agencies (S)
W3M (L), All
Division Agencies
(S) , Public and
substate agencies (S)
wpyi (L) , All
Division Agencies
TIMING
1981-
1982
1982
1982
i
ILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Management
Delegated
Existing
State,
Regional ,
County and
local
institutio
evaluated
MAN-
EARS
2
s
2/yr
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
TOO
2Uo
State
Figure 2-6 Strategies for On-Site Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Systems
-------
Ul
vo
STRATEGIES
(1.8.3 continued)
ACTIVITIES
regional, county
and local agencies
and include proposals
for statutory changes
1.8.4 Send out for DWR,
Statutory Committee
and Public Review
1.8.5 Delegate authority
and/or initiate
statutory change
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
(s) , Public and
substate agencies
(S)
WQM
wan
TIMING
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Appropria-
tion
Figure 2-6 Strategies for On-Site Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Systems (con't.)
-------
CTi
O
STRATEGIES
1.9 Develop a septage
management plan
ACTIVITIES
1.9.1 Determine the quanity
and quality of sept-
age
1.9.2 Analyze existing
treatment facility
ability to accept
and treat sludge
and/or 'determine
necessary adjustments
for successful treat-
ment
1.9.3 Direct changes to be
made in facilities
1.9.4 Determine other
alternatives
for septage treatment
including: - land
disposal methods
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR
a) WOM (L)
b) CGA (S)
1) NJDEP, DWR
a) WOYI (L)
b) CGA (S)
TIMING
on-
going
thru
JULY
1980
JULY
1980
JULY
1980
on-
going
thru
JULY
1980
i
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Report on
quality anc
quantity
of septage
Analysis
Report
alternativ<
analysis
MAN-
YEARS
2
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-6 Strategies for On-Site Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Systems
-------
STRATEGIES
(1.9.4 continued)
2.0 ENCOURAGE USE OF SMALL
WASTEWATER FLOW SYSTEMS
AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO
CONVENTIONAL COLLECTION
AND TREATMENT -SYSTEMS
ACTIVITIES
-composting -regional
septage treatment
facilities
.2.0.1 Coordinate efforts by
establishing a small
ccrttnunity assistance
expert
2.0.2 Provide for infor-
mation disseminc-
tion of small systems
including training
programs for con-
sultants, grantees,
etc.
2.0.3 Stress small systems
in Facility Planning
Process
2.0.4 Provide grant
assistance to small
communities
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
TIMING
OCT
1980
on-
going
on-
going
OCT
1980
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Informatioi
disseminate
Grants
Authorized
MAN-
/EARS
.25
d
,
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-6 Strategies for On-Site Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Systems
-------
Combined Sewer Overflows (CSO's) - CSO is a new element which was
segregated from "Urban/Suburban Stormwater Runoff" because it requires
special attention from EPA/DEP.
In order to progress futher towards the national goal of eliminating the
discharge of all pollutants to our waterways, it is necessary to develop a
strategy which will protect surface water resources from the degrading effects
of combined sewer overflows (CSO's). The result of an overflow can be
a significant discharge or organic material, nutrients, sediment, micro-
organisms, oil and grease, and metals and other potentially toxic substances
into the receiving water. In some cases, concentrations are higher at the
beginning of the overflow, the so-called first flush of material accumulated
in the sewer. Depending on the characteristics and sensitivity of the
receiving water, the overflow can have a variety of effects, ranging from
serious to negligible.
Some of the options for controlling CSO's, especially those involving the
division of the combined sewers into separate storm and sanitary systems,
necessitate monumental expenditures. The problem is further exacerbated
in that the relationship between water quality standards and such intermittant
discharges has not been adequately addressed. The overall strategy will
attempt to develop and implement cost-effective means for correcting CSO
problems within the eligibility restraints of the Clean Water Act of 1977.
The CSO strategy has been keyed to problem resolution needs which must be
satisfied to achieve the NJDEP and USEPA - Region II objectives, including
the following:
data collection to establish extent and conditions of existing systems
integradation of point/non-point source abatement programs to achieve
standards in water quality limited areas.
development of a program with established procedures for CSO manag-Mien
development of a program for retrofitting existing collection systems
This strategy must be tied together with the strategy, objectives and activitie
for "Urban/Surburban Stormwater Runoff."
The State will establish a CSO section with a qualified technical staff to
provide strong leadership in promoting CSO planning and fully participate in
the review/evaluation of individual plans of study and selection/justification
of control alternatives.
The State will develop specific criteria for CSO studies based on regional
strategy and based on review of existing water quality standards. In order to
properly address CSO's and their impact, new standards and/or best usages must
be established which would address the intermittent nature of wet weather
flows. It is also necessary to development criteria to evaluate CSO projects
and compare them to other pollution abatement projects. In order to properly
rank CSO projects on the State's priority list new parameters must be con-
sidered (e.g. water quality impacts of pollution source).
62
-------
All CSO's within the State will be identified and the status of all ongoing
CSO studies or related 201 studies and any Step 2 or 3 projects effecting
CSO's will be determined. These areas and their respective studies require
the guidance and direction generated through regional strategy and the proposed
developed criteria.
The State will inform all applicants with ongoing or proposed CSO studies of
funding limitations and selection criteria for the most cost-effective system.
It is necessary to give a detailed explanation of PRM 75-34 and 77-4 including
cost-benefit ratios, knee-of-the-curve selections, alternative justifiable
expenditure methods of allocating costs and restriction of drainage control
as being considered pollution abatement. It should be noted that if drainage
control is a coincidental benefit to the most cost-effective pollution abatement
project, the entire project could still be eligible for funding. With the
above funding restraints it should be emphasized that CSO efforts should first
be directed at maximizing the use of the existing system.
Figure 2-7 presents the objectives and the associated activities, organizational
responsibilities, timing, outputs, man-years and sources of funds.
63
-------
STRATEGIES
1.0 DATA ACQUISITION
1.1 Determine where
CSO is a major
problem
1.2 Determine status
of ongoing CSO
studies and pro-
grams and affects
on 201 projects
(vice-versa)
2.0 REGIJIATORY/PERMITTING
ENFORCEMENT DEVELOPMENT
2.1 Determine type of
regulatory program
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 WQM agencies iden-
tifies CSO areas
and summarize
currently available
information relat-
ing to degree of
problem
1.2.1 State obtains sta-
tus of on-going CSO
studies and pro-
grams any 201 pro-
jects affecting
CSO1 s and vice-
versa.
2.1.1 State/EPA establish
the most appropriate
type of regulatory
program
LtAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR, WSM
1) NJDEP, DWR, CGA
1) NJDEP, DWR, Vm
2) NJDEP, DWR, CGA
3) USEPA, WD
TIMING
on-going
Dec 80
Dec 80
Dec 80
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
fEARS
.5
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205 (g)
205 (g)
FIGURE 2-7 Strategies for Combined Sewer Overflows
-------
STRATEGIES
2.2 Develop discharge
limitations appro-
priate to CSO's
ACTIVITIES
2.1.2 State establishes
tie-in with Storm-
water Runoff stra-
tegy and Point
Source Abatement
Programs
2.2.1 State examines
existing water
quality standards
with respect to
CSO projects and
required treatment
levels in conside-
ration of cost
benefit analyses
2.2.2 EPA develops legal/
program strategy to
develop NPDES/regu-
latory requirements
for CSO including
waiver of treatment
level requirements
to provide for im-
plementation of
State standards.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR
1) NJDEP, DWR
2) USEPA, WD
1) USEPA, WD
2) NJDEP, DWR, W3W
TIMING
Dec 80
on-going
Dec 80
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
2
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205 (g)
FIGURE 2-7 Strategies for Combined Sewer Overflows
-------
en
STRATEGIES
3.0 DEVELOPMENT OF A PROGRAM
FOR CSO MANAGEMENT
3.1 Develop resources
3.2 Implement CSO
studies and
development of
cost effective
solutions
ACTIVITIES
3.1.1 State establishes
staffing-i.e.-a CSO
section to promote
CSO plannings and
to participate in
the review/evalua-
tion
3.2.1 EPA/State develops
the guidance for
planning and evalua-
ting CSO's
3.2.2 State informs all
applicants with on-
going or proposed
CSO studies of new
guidance for
developing studies
and assuring plan-
ning projects con-
form with policy
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR, CGA
1) NJDEP, DWR, CGA
2) USEPA, WD
1) NJDEP, DWR, CGA
TIMING
Oct 80
Feb 81
Feb 81
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-I
YEARS]
2
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205 (g)
FIGURE 2-7 Strategics for Combined Sewer Overflows
-------
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
3.2.3 Selected agencies
develop intensive
studies to deter
mine nature/extent
of CSO problem and
solutions
3.2.4 State develops
specific criteria
for each CSO study
including water
quality and level
of treatment
requirements for
input into facili-
ties planning
process
3.2.5 State determines
need/establishes
revised water
quality standards
to address inter-
mittant nature of
CSO's
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR, CGA
2) USEPA, WD
1) NJDEP, DWR, CGA
2) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
3) USEPA, WD
4) Monitoring &
Planning
1) NJDEP, DWR
TIMING
thru 81
thru 81
thru 81
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
FIGURE 2-7 Strat* gies for Combined Sewer Overflow
-------
<*
CO
. STRATEGIES
4.0 GRANTS
4.1 Priority list
ACTIVITIES
4.1.1 State develops
criteria to evalu-
ate CSO projects
for ranking them
with other pollu-
tion control pro-
jects on 5-year
priority list
4.1.2 State establishes
ranking factors and
ranks CSO projects
on 5-year priority
list
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR
1) NJDEP, EWR
TIMING
Mar 80
May 80
MllLESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205 (g)
Figure 2-7 Strategies for Oombined Sewer Overflows
-------
2.3.6 Innovative/Alternative Technology - is a new element to the Municipal Waste
Section.
The Innovative/Alternative (I/A) Technology Program is a new program established
by Congress that provides increased grant assistance to qualifying communities
for the Construction of wastewater treatment facilities. Incentive for the use
of I/A technology has been provided by increasing the Federal grant from 75%
to 85% for the design and construction of municipal treatment works that
represent an advancement of the current state-of-the-art technology with
respect to meeting the specific goals of (a) greater recycling and reuse
of water, nutrients, and natural resources (b) increased energy recovery
and conservation, reuse and recycling (c) improved cost-effectiveness in meeting
specific water quality goals, and (d) improved toxics management. An addi-
tional incentive has also been provided to protect against the risk of utilizing
I/A technology by allowing 100% Federal grants for modifications to I/A
facilities which fail to perform satisfactorily.
The strategies developed in this section by NJDEP and USEPA Region II have
been developed to meet the program development needs associated with realizing
the Innovative/Alternative Technology objectives. These needs include:
encouraging the development and use' of I/A technology for the
treatment of municipal wastewater
promoting an active program for I/A technology
providing basic methodological and technology information to
the engineering and planning personnel preparing facility plans.
Figure 2-8 presents the strategies for the I/A technology program and the
associated activities, organizational responsibilities, timing, outputs, man-
years and sources of funds.
69
-------
-J
o
STRATEGIES
1.0 INNOVATIVE/
ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY
1.1 Develop and use
I/A technology
for the treat-
ment of municipal
wastewaters
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 NJDEP will stress
I/A approaches to
waste treatment
through performing
the following:
- stringent cost
effectiveness
reviews
- emphases on wate
energy conserva-
tion
- integrating the
needs of ef fluen
discharge, water
quality and wate
supply
- emphases on usin
and recycling
pollutants
- emphases on the
use of small
systems as apprc
priate
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
CGA
2) USEPA, WD
~f
3
TIMING
on-
going
'
MILESTONES^
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
2
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205 (g)
Figure 2-8 Strategies for Innovative/Alternative Technology
-------
STRATEGIES
1.2 Promote an active
program for I/A
technology
1.3 Provide basic
methodological
and technological
information to th«
public
1.4 Track program
ACTIVITIES
1.2.1 NJDEP will establish
the position of I/A
Coordinator
1.2.2 EPA will provide
technical assistance
to NJDEP
1.3.1 EPA and NJDEP will
disseminate I/A
information through
meetings, seminars,
mailings, etc.
1.4.1 EPA will monitor
progress of NJDEP
in this program
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
CGA
1) USEPA, WD
1) USEPA, WD
2) NJDEP, DWR,
CGA
1) USEPA, WD
TIMING
Oct 80
on-
going
on-
going
on-
going
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
1
2
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205 (g)
205 (g)
USEPA
Figure 2-8 Strategies for Innovatiye/Alternative Technology
-------
2.4 Industrial Wastes
2.4.1 NPDES Assunption/Industrial Discharges
The objective of the NPDES program is to control the point source discharge
of industrial effluents directly into receiving waters or indirectly into
municipal treatment facilities through comprehensive regulatory/permitting
activities. A major goal of the State (and USEPA is assumption of the
NPDES program. Data acquisition, regulatory/program development and permitting
strategies have been developed to meet such objectives for this particular
WBMP and cross-cutting issue. These strategies, and their corresponding
activities, will be implemented over the next five years by the NJDEP
DWR's Water Quality Management Element and USEPA Region II with input from
other DWR elements and 208 agencies.
An interim agreement has been reached, by which NJDEP is developing
NPDES industrial permits, municipal permits, and pretreatment corpliance
schedules. These permits are forwarded to EPA for review and issuance.
This affords NJDEP the opportunity to develop the necessary expertise for
actual NPDES program assumption. The duration of this effort is presently
planned for one year. Additionally, during this period, a training program
is being formulated to develop NJDEP staff capability; NJDEP will develop
final NJPDES (NPDES) regulations for NPDES program assumption; and technical
staff/resource capability will be increased to acceptable levels for program
assumption. It is also planned to formalize interim agreements into working
agreements between NJDEP and EPA. Goals will be for NPDES program assumption
after the one-year developmental process, scheduled to end December 31, 1980.
There is an on-going joint State/EPA effort to develop and implement an
effective consolidated permit program. Upon finalization of the Regional
Task Force's reconmendations in this area, it is intended to include the
applicable strategies/activities within the State/EPA Agreement.
The strategies developed in this Section by NJDEP and USEPA Region II
have been developed to meet the policy and problem resolution needs associated
with the control of point source industrial discharges. These needs include:
.a data collection and evaluation effort to evaluate compliance with NPDES
permit requirements
.expansion of NPDES certifications to cover bioassay and toxics monitoring
requirements and wasteload allocations
.development of effluent limitations to protect groundwater resources
.a continued NJDEP/USEPA Region II effort to identify permit violations
and take appropriate enforcement actions.
These strategies and activities will be implemented over the next five
years by a cooperative efforts between USEPA Region II and NJDEP. The
role of each agency in the future will be determined by resolution of the
NPDES assumption issue.
Figure 2-9 presents the strategies for NPDES assumption and industrial
discharges and associated activities, organizational responsibilities, timing,
outputs, Iran-years and sources of funds.
72
-------
U)
STRATEGIES
1.0 NPDES/INDUSTRIAL
DISCHARGES - PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
1.1 Develop Waste-
load Allocations
for industrial
discharges to
surface waters
for both toxic
and non-toxic
pollutants &
certify
those effluent
limitations
into NPDES
permits
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Delineate streams
into manageable
segments
1.1.2 Choose segment for
pilot study,
derive wasteload
allocations
1.1.3 Determine most
appropriate
method to derive
wasteload alloca-
tions
1.1.4 Develop procedures
to include waste-
load allocations
in NPDES cert.
1.1.5 Proceed with waste-
load application
program based on
method chosed for
pilot study and
incensive surveys
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, Monitor-
ing & Planning
NJDEP, DWR:
a) Monitoring &
Planning (L)
b) WQM (S)
NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring &
Planning, DRBC
NJDEP, DWR; DRBC
a) WQM (L)
b) Monitor ing -&
Planning (S)
NJDEP, DWR; DRBC
a) Monitoring &
Planning (L)
TIMING
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Pilot study
Ambient
monitoring
Wasteload
Allocations
Report
Regulations
NJPDES
regulations
Wasteload
Allocations
NPDES cert-
ifications
Memo of
Agreement
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
106, 208
State Appro-
priation
Figure 2-9 Strategies for NPDES Assumption
-------
STRATEGIES
1.2 Revise water
quality standards
1.3 Identify all indus-
trial discharges
to ground water
ACTIVITIES
1.1.6 Include wasteload
allocations in 208
plans
1.2.1 Revise water quality
standards to include
toxic standards
1.2.2 Revise water
quality standards
to include ambient
ground water
standards
1.3.1 Complete aerial
photography
program
1.3.2 Identify all pits,
ponds and lagoons
which may discharge
to cnround water
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
M & P (L)
2) Designated
WQM agencies
NJDEP, DWR, Moni tor-
ing & Planning
DBRC
NJDEP, DWR, Monitor-
ing & Planning
DBRC, WQM (S)
NJDEP, DWR,
WQM (L)
NJDEP, DWR:
1) WQM
TIMING
1980-
1984
1979-
1980
1980-
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Wasteload
allocations
in 208
plans
Public hear
ing
Adoption
Aerial
photograph
of State
showing
pits, ponds
and lagoons
see ground
water
section
MAN- (SOURCES OF
YEARS) FUNDS
2
1
1
CWA, Sec.
106
State
Appropriatior
1976 State
Water Bond
SDWA, RCRA
CWA, Sec. 208
Figure 2-9 Strategies for NPDES Assumption
-------
Ul
STRATEGIES
1.4 Develop effluent
limitations for
dischargers to
groundwater
ACTIVITIES
1.4.1 Prepare methodology
for determining
allowable discharge
concentrations
based on soil types
1.4.2 Promulgate regula-
tions on ground-
water discharge
effluent limitations
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
1) WQM (L)
2) M & P (S)
NJDEP, DWR:
1) WQM (L)
2) M & P (S)
3) DRBC (S)
TIMING
1980
1980
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
guidelines
for spray
irrigation
Draft and
final regu-
lations
Ground
Water
Quality
Standards
MAN-
VEARS
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State Appro-
priation,
CWA 208
grant
Figure 2-9 Strategies for NPDES Assumption
-------
STRATEGIES
1.5 Develop control
mechanisms for sit-
ing of new indus-
trial plants (parti
cularly in sensitn
areas)
2.0 NPDES/nOUSTRIAL
DISCHARGES PERT-IETTING
2.1 Implement Interim
Agreement and
Working Agreements
. for NPDES
Assumption by
NJDEP
ACTIVITIES
1.5.1 Continue control of
plant sitings in
Pine Barrens
i
'1.5.2 Protect potable
water sources from
potential contamin-
ation by including
controls for siting
new industrial
plants in sensitive
areas in 208 plans
not covered by other
agencies
2.1.1 Develop NPDES In-
dustrial permits,
Municipal permits,
pretreatment com-
pliance schedules
for issuance by EPA
Completion of all
first round permits
and compliance
schedules
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
Pine Barrens Task
Force
1) NJDEP, DWR
W3M
2) Monitoring &
Planning
1) USEPA Region
II
2) DWR
TIMING
ongoing
1980-
1981
'
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
•
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-9 Strategies for NPDES Assumption
-------
STRATEGIES
2.2 Continue NPDES
Program to
control point
source dischargers
to surface waters
ACTIVITIES
2.2.1 Issue NPDES permits
to all dischargers
that have submit-
ting applications to
alleviate backlog
2.2.2 Permits will be
issued/reissued in
accordance with pre-
viously noted
priorities to insure/
continue effective
discharge control
2.2.3 Primary Industry
permits will be
held to their limits
until BAT
guidelines become
available
2.2.4 All sources must be
considered for per-
mit inclusion of
BCT limitations/com-
pliance schedule for
control of conven-
tional pollutants.
This will be imple-
mented for all in-
dustrial dischargers.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) USEPA, Pegion
II (L)
2) NJDEP, DWR
WQM
3) 208 Agencies
x
USEPA, Pegion II
TIMING
1981
ongoing
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Completion
of all
NPDES per-
mits
MAN-
YEARS
EPA-Sv
DEP: "
WHM
6-5/vr
CPA-
.75
Bioas-
say -
1.0
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA., Sec. 106
208 State
Appropriatio
-
Figure 2-9 Strategies for NPDES Assumption
-------
-J
00
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
2.2.5 Where BAT Guide-
lines have not been
promulgated for
primary industry
permits, 402 (a) best
engineering judgement
will be utilized
to establish BAT for
specific sources.
2.2.6 All permits issued
after promulgation
of applicable BAT
guidelines will in-
corporate those
requirements as a
minimum.
2.2.7 Include wasteload
allocations in
NPDES permits
through the state
certification pro-
cess once developed
by W3P&M and Moni-
toring and Planning.
2.2.8 Certify effluent limi
to NPDES permits pro-
mulgated by other
agencies including
TORT. IRC. HMDT.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, EMR:
1) Monitoring,
Surveillance
& Analysis (L)
2) Monitoring
and Planning
3) DRBC
5
TIMING
1980-
1984
1979
1984
ILE8TONE8J MAN-
OUTPUTS (YEARS
I
Certify al
permits
submitted
.5/yr
•Vyr
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Section
106 State
Appropriatioi
Figure 2-9 Strategies for NPDES Assumption
-------
10
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
2.2.9 Develop procedures/
regulations govern-
ing variances to
State effluent
limits/wasteload
allocations
2.2.10 Develop new self
monitoring requiremen
for NPDES discharge
permittees to require
screening bioassays
and toxics self moni-
toring and place into
certifications
2.2.11 Pursuant to Section
304 of the Act, inclu<
BMPs which will be
ancillary controls on
toxic or hazardous
pollutants, in NPDES
permits
2.2.12 Develop the data
necessary to
establish health and
environmental priori-
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Enforcement (S)
2) Monitoring and
Planning
3) DRBC
1) (L) Monitoring
s and Planning
USEPA, Region II
e
\
USEPA, Region II
NJDEP
TIMING
1980
1980
initiate
Jan.
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Procedure/
regulations
after waste
load allo-
cation
adoption
Self moni-
toring re-
quirements
MAN-
VEARS
.5
.5
EPA-.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Section
106
Appropriation
•
CWA, Section
106
208 RCRA
SDWA, State
Figure 2-9 Strategies for NPDES Assumption
-------
. STRATEGIES
2.3 Develop NJPDES
permits for ground-
water dischargers
ACTIVITIES
2.2.12 (cont'd) ties and
ensure effective
permit issuance/
reissuance via map-
ping program. Orient
toward water supply
impact, hazardous
wastes, ESA's.
2.2.13 Develop controls
for indirect as
well as direct dis-
charges through
development of a com-
prehensive pretreat-
ment strategy.
2.3.1 Develop NJPDES per-
mits, for dischargers
to groundwater, that
parallel NPDES per-
mits for surface
waters and comply wit
NJWPCA
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
USEPA, Region II
NJDEP
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Enforcement (L)
2) Water Quality
Management,
Groundwater
i Management
Unit(s)
TIMING
ongoing
1981-
1982
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
program
development
permit
issuance
MAN-
YEARS
•MHHMHM
*
EPA-1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Appropriatioi
CWA, Section
106 State
Appropriatioi
Figure 2-9 Strategics for NpDES Assumption
-------
03
STRATEGIES
2.4 Revise and continue
Treatment Works
Approval (WA) Pro-
gram
2.5 Develop Facilities
Approval Program
(location mechanism
ACTIVITIES
2.4.1 Revise existing
TWA program for
industrial dis-
chargers to surface
waters from a 2
stage approval to
a 1 stage conceptual
approval
2.4.2 Expand TWA program
for discharges to
groundwaters on an
interim basis until
the NJPDES program
is developed.
Then reduce the
TWA so it parallels
the surface water
TWA program
2.5.1 The Facilities
Approval proposal
is designed to be
the mechanism to
control siting of
new facilities as
outlined in the 208
plans. This would
replace the permit to
locate repealed by
WPCA.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Enforcement (L)
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Enforcement (L)
2) water Quality
Management,
Groundwater
Management
Unit (S)
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Enforcement (L)
2) Counties (S)
TIMING
Jan.
1981
Jan.
1981
1980-
1984
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
promulgate
TWA pro-
gram revisi
regulations
t
MAN-
YEARS
.16
>n
4
4
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Section
106 State
Appropriatior
State
Appropriatioi
t
Figure 2-9 Strategies for NPDES Assumption
-------
00
M
. STRATEGIES
2.6 Continue review of
Pollution Control
Financing Act
2.7 Continue tax
exemptions
•
ACTIVITIES
2.5.1 (cont'd) It is also
geared to prevent
accidental spills
and leaks not
covered by the Spill
Compensation and
Control Act for both
ground-water and
surface water.
2.6.1 DWR will continue
to provide certifi-
cation to the DEP,
Division of Environ-
mental Quality on
the need to construct
water pollution abate
ment facilities for
the purpose of issuin<
low interest or tax
free financing for
construction
2.7.1 EWR will continue
to certify the
identify of pollu-
tion abatement
facilities for the
purposes of Federal
and State tax
exemption
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, EWR:
1) Enforcement (L)
•
NJDEP, DWR:
Enforcement
TIMING
ongoing
ongoing
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
»
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State
Appropriation
Figure 2-9 Strategies for NPDES Assumption
-------
00
STRATEGIES
2.8 Continue miscellane
ous reviews
3.0 NPDES/INDUSTRIAL
DISCHARGES - DATA
ACQUISITION -
3.1 Continue self-
nonitoring report
submissions
ACTIVITIES
2.8.1 DWR will continue
to conduct mis-
cellaneous permit
reviews (i.e. Army
Corps Permits,
Wetlands, Riparian
A-95, CAFRA, etc.)
3.1.1 Industrial dis-
chargers will con-
tinue to monitor
and report dis-
charge quality
under NPDES program
3.1.2. Industrial Treatment
Works operators will
continue to submit
Monthly Operator
Reports which will be
updated to merge
requirements with
NPDES requirements
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR,
All elements and
offices
1) USEPA, Region II
(L)
2) NJDEP, DWR,
Enforcement (S)
3) DRBC
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Enforcement (L)
2) Construction
Grants Admin-"
istration
TIMING
ongoing
ongoing
Jan.
1981
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Form
Revision
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Section
106, Section
208 State
Appropriatior
CWA, Section
106, Section
208 State
Appropriatioi
Figure 2-9 Strategies for NPDES Assumption
-------
09
STRATEGIES
3.2 Continue current
compliance monitor-
ing activities
ACTIVITIES
3.1.3 Develop and imple-
ment a sluge monitor-
ing program, includ-
ing regulations, to
require self-monitor-
ing to assess sludge
characteristics
3.1.4 Develop additional
self-monitoring
requirements for
bioassays and toxic
constituents, to be
used in developing
wasteload allocations
3.2.1 DWR will continue
NPDES Compliance
Evaluation Inspec-
tions, follow-up
inspections, opera-
tion and maintenance
inspections, indus-
trial site inspect-
ions and 24-hour
composite sampling of
facilities to assure
compliance with NPDES
requirements and pro-
vide data for enforce-
ment actions
LE/ D/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
1) WQM
2) Enforcement (S)
3) CGA
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Monitoring and
Planning
2) Enforcement (S)
3) DRBC
1) USEPA Region II
(L)
2) NJDEP, DWR
Enforcement (S)
TIMING
Complete
Dec.
1980
1981
ongoing
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Regulations
Draft
Regulations
Promulgate
regulations
1
,
MAN-
YEARS
USEPA
Region
II-9
NJDEP
- 25
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Section
106, Section
208 State
Appropriation
EPA Contract
funds
MA
CWA, Section
106 State
Appropriation
FIGURE 2-9 Strategies for NPDES Assumption
-------
STRATEGIES
3.3 Continue ambient
monitoring
3.4 Improve Biological
monitoring program
3.5 Improve laboratory
capabilities
3.6 Improve quality
Control
ACTIVITIES
See "Monitoring Intergra-
tion"
3.4.1 DWR will investigate
mechanisms for co-
ordinating bio-
assays and com-
pliance monitoring
and will develop
bioassay regulations
See "Monitoring Intergra-
tion"
See "Monitoring Intergra-
tion"
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Monitoring and
Planning (L)
2) Enforcement (S)
X
TIMING
ongoing
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Propose
regulations
MAN-
YEARS
2
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Section
106 State
Appropriation
Figure 2-9 Stratejies for MPDES Assumption
-------
00
. STRATEGIES
4.0 NPDES/INDUSTRIAL
DISCHARGES--ENPORCEMENT
4.1 Continue to take
appropriate
enforcement action;
Reference EPA/NJDEP
Enforcement Agreement-
under development
ACTIVITIES
4.4.1 Enforce violations
of NPDES permits
through a coordinated
effort between EPA
and DEP
4.1.2 Report non-filters
for an NPDES permit
to EPA for Enforce-
ment action
4.1.3 Report and take
appropriate actions
on violations of
water quality stan-
dards or toxic dis-
charges that have
filed for a NPDES
permit but have
never received one
4.1.4 Proceed with
enforcement
actions where
appropriate with
the enforcement
mechanisms available
on ground water dis-
charges
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) USEPA - Region
II (L)
2) NJDEP, DWR,
Enforcement
NJDEP, DWR,
Enforcement (L)
1) USEPA-Region II
(L)
2) Enforcement (L)
3) 208 agencies (S)
4) Monitoring &
Planning
5) DRBC
NJDEP, DVJR:
1) Enforcement (L)
2) Ground Water
Management
Unit (S)
TIMING
ongoing
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
USEPA
Region
II-5
NJDEP-
19
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-9 Strategies for NPDES Assumption
-------
CD
STRATEGIES
5 . 0 NPDES/INDUSTRIAL
DISCHARGES-ADDITIONAL
CURRENT ACTIVITIES
OF NJDEP, DWR,
ENFORCEMENT
5.1 Continue complaint
investigations
5.2 Continue operator
evaluations/examin-
ations
5.3 Continue activities
in shellfish
control
ACTIVITIES
5.1.1 Provide response
to citizen complaints
concerning sewage
treatment and
industrial works
5.2.1 Design operator
examinations for
industrial facilities
review operator per-
formance
5.3.1 Evaluate shellfish
growing and harvest-
ing areas as approved
or condemned
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Enforcement (L)
2) Local/County
Health Dept. (S)
3) Other State
Agencies (S)
NJDEP, DWR,
Enforcement (L)
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Monitoring and
Planning
Shellfish Unit
(L)
2) Monitoring and
Planning (S) -
3) Office of
Hazardous Sub-
stance Control(S)
Other State Agencies;
4) Marine Services
(S)
5) Fish & Game (S)
TIMING
1979-
1980
ongoing
ongoing
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
4
1
15
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State
Appropriation
State
Appropriation
Figure 2-9 Strategies for NPDES Assumption
-------
00
00
. STRATEGIES
5.4 Provide services
under Delaware
River Basin
Comnission
Contract
•
ACTIVITIES
5.3.2 Issue special
Harvesting permits
5.4.1 Perform 24-hour
sampling under
contract with DRBC
on various dis-
chargers in the
Delaware Basin
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Enforcement (L)
Other State Agencies
2) Fish & Game (S)
3) Marine Services
(S)
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Enforcement (L)
2) DRBC (S)
TIMING
ongoing
ongoing
4
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
•
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
DRBC
Figure 2-9 Strategies for .3PDES Assumption
-------
2.4.2 Industrial Pretreatment
The objective of the industrial pretreatment program is to abate, via
regulation, the discharge of toxic, inhibiting, or interfering wastes to
publicly-owned treatment works. Data acquisition, program development, and
regulatory development strategies have been developed to meet this
objective. These strategies, and their corresponding activities, will be
implemented over the coming years by the NJDEP DWR's Water Quality
Management element, with input from Construction Grants Administration;
Enforcement Element; and USEPA Region II.
Industrial pretreatment has been incorporated into the interim agree-
ment for NJDEP1 s assumption of the NPDES program. It will also be part
of the Wbrking Agreements between NJDEP and EPA for NPDES program
assumption. NJDEP will develop pretreatment compliance schedules during
the next year, as part of the interim agreement.
The strategies developed in this section by NJDEP'and USEPA Region II
have been developed to meet the program development needs associated
with realizing industrial pretreatment objectives. Ihese needs include:
Overall program development.
modifying the New Jersey Pretreatment Act of 1972 to clarify enforce-
ment responsibility concerning industries that discharge to systems
which in turn discharge to a POTW.
NJDEP will receive a 201 grant to develop a Statewide Pretreatment
Management Program. The grant tasks are as follows:
statewide industrial waste survey
expansion of Wastewater Management Information System
development of pretreatment residual management plan
prepare local pretreatment programs for non-grant areas.
prepare environmental analysis of pretreatment program
developing formal and informal coordination mechanisms with
interstate agencies such as the Delaware River Basin Commission
and the Interstate Sanitation Commission to facilitate imple-
mentation of the industrial pretreatment program in the areas
of New Jersey where such agencies have jurisdiction.
Figure 2-10 presents the strategies for the industrial pretreatment
program and the associated activities, organizational responsibilities,
timing, outputs, man-years and sources of funds.
89
-------
. STRATEGIES
1.0 INDUSTRIAL PRETREAT-
MENT - DATA ACQUISITION
1.1 Maintain waste-
water data base
2.0 INDUSTRIAL PRETREAT-
MENT - PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
2.1 Develop and im-
plement Statewide
Industrial Pre-
treatment Program
ACTIVITIES
2.1.1 Promulgate Sludge
Quality Assurance
Regulations
2.1.2 Develop and prom-
ulgate general pre-
pretreatment
regulations
2.1.3 Prepare guidelines
for performance of
201 Industrial
Waste Surveys
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
2) NJDEP, Solid
Waste Admin-
istration
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
2) NJDEP, DWR,
Enforcement
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
2) NJDEP, DWR, CGA
TIMING
Com-
pleted
1/80
1980
Com-
pleted
1980
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Sludge
Quality
Assurance
Regulations
General
Pretreat-
ment Regu-
lations
Guidelines
i-
MAN-
YEARS
3
2
2.75
2.75
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State appro-
priation
CWA, Sec.
106, 208
State appro-
priation
CWA, Section
106, 208
State appro-
priation
CWA, Section
106, 208
State appro-
priation
CWA, Section
106, 208
Figure 2-10 Strategies for Industrial Pretreatment
-------
. STRATEGIES
•
ACTIVITIES
2.1.4 Submit application
to USEPA for assump-
tion of State Pre-
treatment Program
2.1.5 Develop compliance
schedules for NPDES
permits which have
been identified that
pretreatment is
necessary
2.1.6 Apply for 201 grant
as designated 208
Management Agency for
Pretreatment for
following activities:
Complete industrial
waste survey for
areas of State not
withing POTW Pre-
treatment Program
purview
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
TATater Quality
Management
1) NJDEP, DWR, WpM
2) EPA
1) NJDEP, DWR, TOM
(L)
2) NJDEP, DWR, SWA
3) EPA
TIMING
1980-
1981
1980
1980-3
Jan.
1982
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Pretreat-
ment
grants (20!
MAN-
YEARS
6
.
)
16.6
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA 201
grant State
appropriation
Figure 2-10 Industrial Strategies for the Pretreatment Program
-------
STRATEGIES
•
ACTIVITIES
Expand Wastewater
Management Informa-
tion System to accept
industrial waste
survey data
Develop regional and
statewide centralized
waste treatment and
disposal alternative
Prepare environmental
analysis of pre-
treatment program
Prepare local program
guidance including
model pretreatment
ordinance
Develop local pre-
treatment program
for non-grant POIW's
areas
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
TIMING
Jan.
1982
Jan.
1983
July
1983
July
1983
July
1983
MILESTONES! MAN-
OUTPUTS [/EARS
Environ-
mental Im-
pact State
ment
Model
Ordinance
i
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-10 Industrial Strategies for the Pretreatment Program
-------
STRATEGIES
2.2 Determine extent to
which 201 funds
will be available
for performance of
IWS's
2.3 Develop coordina-
tion mechanisms
with appropriate
intrastate agencies
,
ACTIVITIES
2.2.1 Apply for appro-
priate level of
funding
2.2.2 Negotiate funding
with EPA
2.3.1 Identify appropriate
agencies
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
2) NJDEP, DWR, CGA
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
2) USEPA Reg. II
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
V
TIMING
1980
1980
1980
1982
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
.25
.25
.25
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State appro-
priation
CWA, Section
106, 208
State appro-
priation
CWA, Section
106, 208
State appro-
priation
CWA, Section
106, 208
Figure 2-10 Strategies mr Industrial Pretreatment
-------
vD
STRATEGIES
2.4 Review industrial
pretreatrnent pro-
grams
2.5 Provide technical
assistance and
enforcement backup
3.0 INDUSTRIAL PRETREAT-
MENT - REGULATORY
DEVELOPMENT
3.1 Evaluate mechan-
isms for stren-
gthening NJ Pre-
treatment Act of
1972
ACTIVITIES
2.3.2 Draft coordination
mechanisms
2.3.3 Finalize mechanisms
by agreement
2.4.1 Determine required
funding levels
3.1.1 Make legal deter-
mination of exist-
ing authority under
under the Act
3.1.2 Prepare conceptual
changes to Act to
strengthen DEP
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
2) Agencies as
identified
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
2) Agencies as
identified
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
TIMING
1980
1981
1980
1981
1980
1983
1980
1980
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
.2
.45
16.175
8.25
.25
.25
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State appro-
priation
CWA, Section
106, 208
State appro-
priation
CWA, Sec.
106, 208
CWA, Sec.
205
State appro-
priation
CWA, Sec.
106, 208
State appro-
priation
CWA, Section
106, 208
State appro-
priation CWA
Sec. 106,208
Figure 2-10 Strategies for Industrial Pretreatment
-------
<£>
Ul
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
3.1.3 Draft amendments to
the Act
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR, W2M
2) NJDEP, Office of
the Commissioner
TIMING
1980
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
.4
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State appro-
priation
CWA, Sec.
106, 208
Figure 2-10 Strategies for Industrial Pretreatment Program
-------
2.5 Water Supply
2.5.1. Groundwater Management
The objective of the groundwater management strategies is to develop a
coordinated, integrated groundwater resource management policy and program
to protect and preserve the state's groundwater resources for public health,
economic growth and development purposes. In regard to both quality and
quantity, data acquisition, regulatory/program development, permitting,
enforcement and grants administration strategies have been developed. These
strategies, and their corresponding activities, will be implemented over the
five years by the tUDEP DWR's newly formed Bureau of Groundwater Management,
with input and assistance from many other NJDEP programs and USEPA Region II.
The strategies in this section have been developed by NJDEP and USEPA Region
II to meet program development needs associated with realizing groundwater
management objectives. These needs include:
.development of an integrated state policy and decision-making process
to manage and protect groundwater supply and quality
.acquisition of data for both quality and quantity considerations through
an integrated information collection and analysis system
.development of groundwater quality standards, effluent limitations,
land disposal regulations
.modeling to determine "safe yields" of aquifers
.development and issuance of permits for discharges to groundwater
land disposal of sludge and industrial effluents, subsurface disposal,
alternative disposal methods and groundwater diversions
.focusing enforcement efforts on dischargers to groundwater, including
accidential spills and leaks
.encouraging proper management of on-site disposal through funding Septic
System Management Districts.
Figure 2-11 presents the strategies for groundwater management and the
associated activities, organizational responsibilities, timing, outputs,
man-years, and sources of funds.
859889:J
-96-
-------
VO
-J
STRATEGIES
1.0 GRDUNDWATER MANAGEMENT
DATA Acquisition
1.1 Develop coordinated
program to obtain
groundwater quality
data and enter date
on computer
•
ACTIVITIES
..1.1 Water Quality
Management Element
was choosen lead
agency to develop
centralized ground-
water quality
data network,
including computer-
ized data manage-
ment review
1.1.2 Monitor groundwater
quality around land
fills and certain
lagoons, enter data
on computer and
prioritize for
enforcement/cleanup
L.I. 3 Monitor groundwater
quality associated
with effluent dis-
posal on land.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, WCM
NJDEP,
1) Solid Waste
Administration
2) DWR, WSM
SITDEP, DWR
1) WQW (L)
2) Enforcement
Element (S)
TIMING
1980
Prioritie
addressir
landfills
FY81
FY82+
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
W£NE
designated
5 for
3 inventorie
?est Case:
50 Permits
MAN-
VEARS
1.2
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Section
Section 106
208 SDWA,
TSCA
CWA 208 RCRA
CWA Sec. 208-
State & Self
supporting
Figure 2-11 Strategies . 'or Ground Water Management
-------
vo
CO
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
1.1.4 Monitor groundwater
quality from public
supply wells;
1.1.5 Monitor groundwater
quality on toxic
substance from
random wells;
1.1.6 Collect ambient
groundwater quality
data on salt water
intrusion
1.1.7 Establish ambient
groundwater
quality network
1.1.8 Analyze and review
groundwater quality
data generated by
various agencies
Trend analysis
of data for predicti<
of future problems
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR
1) WSFPM (L)
2) W2M (S)
NJDEP
1) Toxic Substances
Program (1)
2) WQM (S)
NJDEP
1) U.S. Geological
2) NJDEP, DWR
NJDEP (L)
USGS (S)
USEPA-S&A (S)
1) USEPA-S&A
2) DRBC (S)
3) USGS
4) WQME
n
TIMING
1982
ongoing
ongoing
1982
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
Sufficient
data nec-
essary to
issue apprc
50 NPDES
Permits
Update
"Pollution
index"
annually
Annual
Status
report
MAN-
YEARS
X.
EPA-.l
EPA-.l
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA Sec.
208
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground/Water Management
-------
STRATEGIES
1.2 Conduct inventory
determine impact
of known and
potential sources
of groundwater
pollution
•
ACTIVITIES
1.1.9 Review groundwater
quality for toxics
as requested
1.2.1 Obtain aerial photo-
graphy of entire
state plot and
evaluate pits ponds
and lagoons
1.2.2 Plot groundwater
pollution cases on
nap and update
Groundwater
Pollution index
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP:
1) Toxic Substances
Program (L)
2) DWR, (S)
3) DWR, Bureau of
Potable Water
(S)
NJDEP, DWR, Ground-
water (L)
Solid Waste Admini-
stration
1) NJDEP, DWR
2) HMP-QHSC
3) Local Health
Depts (S)
4) USEPA, Region II
USEPA
Water Supply
Branch
TIMING
1980
1986
1980
1981-
86
Annually
July
Oct. 80
Sept. 80
1980
1983
»
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Surface
Impoundment!
Assessment
Completed
Evaluated
Pollution
index updab
Sanitary
Landfill/
Open Dump
Inventory
VTC Invento
NPDES
Mapping
Project
MAN-
YEARS
EPA-5
!
y
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
SDWA
RCRA
State
PCRA
SDWA
SWA - 106
EPA
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
o
o
STRATEGIES
1.3 Prevent ground-
water contamination
from injection of
wastes through
wells.
2.0 GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT
REGUIATOPY PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
2.1 Develop Ground
Water Quality
Standards
ACTIVITIES
1.3.1 Inventory and assess
iitpact of subsurface
injections
1.3.2 Identify underground
sources of drinking
water
2. 1. 1 Research other
States Water Quality
1 Laws
2.1.2 Review ambient
ground water quality
data
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DRW, WQME
NJDEP, DWR:
1) WQM (L)
2} USEPA -
Region II (S)
1) NJDEP, DWR:
WQM
2) USEPA - Region
II (S)
3) DRBC (S)
TIMING
June 80
Apr 80
Sept 82
1979
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Hazardous
Waste
Inventory
Certified
Plans
Classifica-
tion of
wells
Listing
Listing
of sources
Completed
Completed
MAN-
YEARS
USEPA
Region
II-0.2
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
RCRA
CWA - 208
SDWA UIC
SDWA -
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
STRATEGIES
2.2 Map acquires in
northern part of
the State to allow
protective zoning
to protect ground-
water recharge
and quality
•
ACTIVITIES
2.1.3 Promulgate ground-
water quality stan-
dards
2.2.1 Begin napping using
field and giophys-
ical mapping tech-
niques. Map
carbonate aquifers
on several quadrangle
maps and recommend
how aquifers may be
protected
2.2.2 Compile well inven-
tories in major
aquifers
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
1) WQM (1)
2) Toxic Substance
Program (S)
3) NJ Solid Waste
Administration
4) USEPA-Region II
5) DRBC
1) NJDEP, DWR (1)
2) USGS (S)
3) NJ Bureau of
Geology
4) USEPA-Region II
TIMING
Sept.
1980
1980
1980-
1985
1981-82
Jan 81-
Mar 81
Jun 81
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Public
Hearing
Adopt
Standards
Produce
Aquifer
maps
with
texts and
recortmend
land use
Map
Carbonate
deposits
in Warren
Essex Co.
-geohydro-
logic
evaluation
complete
Recharge ar
described
Inventory
Complete
MAN-
YEARS
NJDEP
DWR 1
•
USEPA
Region
II
-1.
ja
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Section
208-
CWA, Section
108 1976
Water Bond
SDWA-1979-
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
H
s
. STRATEGIES
.
2.3 Develop interim
groundwater ef f luen
discharge standards
2.4 Develop effluent
land disposal
guide lines to
prevent groundwater
pollution
ACTIVITIES
2.2.3 Develop land use
ordinances on trias-
sic rocks based on
mapping
2.3 Research other
states regulations
2.4.1 Research other
State guidelines
2.4.2 Draft land disposal
guidelines
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR
Office of Area-
wide Planning (L)
2) 208 Agencies (L)
Sussex 208 -
3) NJDEP, EWR
4) Middlesex
Mercer -
Somerset Study
Council
1) NJDEP, DWR, W3M
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Enforcement
2) W3* (S)
3) NJDA Soil Con-
servation Com-
mittee
1) NJDEP, EWR:
a) WQM (L)
b) (S)
TIMING
Dec 82
Dec 82
1980
1981
1979
1980
I
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Land use
ordinances
Draft Reg-
ulations
Promulgate
regulations
Report
MAN-
YEARS
NJDEP
DWR-4
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA Section
208
CWA 208
state
appropriation
Federal
Grant
appropriatior
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
o
U)
STRATEGIES
2.5 Evaluate saltwater
intrusion along
Coastal areas and
where connate water
is moving due to
pumpage.
ACTIVITIES
2.4.3 Send draft out for
review to all DEP
agencies
J.4.4 Promulgate land
disposal guidelines
1. 5. 1 Develop groundwater
quality models
1.5.2 Obtain additional
saltwater intrusion
data necessary to
develop model
including drilling
monitor wells
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
c) HS&E (SO)
2) USEPA Construc-
tion Grants (S)
3) DRBC
1) NJDA Soil
Conservation
Committee
D WQM (L)
>) Enforcement (S)
3) (S)
D WQM (L)
1) Enforcement (S)
3) DRBC (S)
L) USGS (L)
2) NJDEP, DWR (S)
L) USGS
2) NJDEP, DWR (S)
3) Water Supply &
Flood Plan Mgt.
1) Systems Analysis
wasteload allocat
TIMING
1980
1980
1981
1980-
1985
1980-
1985
ons
1
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Guidelines
Ln draft
^inal
juidelines
annual
MAN-
VEARS
5/yr
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
(see above)
CWA, Section
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
STRATEGIES
2.6 Reduce the amount
of illegal dumping
of septage through-
out the State
i
2.7 Develop underground
injection control
permit program
ACTIVITIES
2.5.3 Operate models to
obtain best manage-
ment options
2.6.1 Develop regulations
which require all
major subdivisions
to certify that there
is a facility which
will accept septage
before a permit for
subsurface sewage
disposal is issued.
2.6.2 Require facilities
for septage at all
funded STPs.
2.7.1 Review existing
legislation
2.7.2 Apply for primacy
2.7.3 Permit program
development
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR (L)
2) USGS (S)
3) Bureau of Water
Supply Plan &
Management (S)
4) System Analysis
wasteload
allocation
NJDEP, DWR
1) ORA (L)
2) WQM
3) OGA
NJDEP, DWR:
1) OGA (L)
2) WQM (S)
NJDEP, DWR, WQM (L)
USEPA (S)
TIMING
Jun 1980
ongoing
1981
April 19!
1981-198:
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
NJAC 7:14-
5.1 et. seq
Primacy
1
MAN-
YEARS
i/yr.
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
SCWA
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Grojnd Water Management
-------
o
Ul
STRATEGIES
tion standards
for gasoline
storage tanks.
ACTIVITIES
to determine if
construction standard:
exist.
2.8.2 Prepare construction
standards for gaso-
line storage tanks
2.8.3 Develop regulatory
authority requiring
local municipalities
to incorporate
standards into the
local building code.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR
NJDEP, EWR
TIMING
iy«4 '
1984
1985
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
(
.25
.25
SOURCES OF
State
State
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
H
0
a\
STRATEGIES
3.0 GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT
PERMITTING
3.1 Issue permits to
solid waste handl-
ing and disposal
facilities, includ-
ing sludge and sept
age. Review applic
design to minimize
groundwater polluti
I
ACTIVITIES
3.1.1 Review application
and engineering
data
•
mts1
>n
3.1.2 Obtain additional
geologic and
hydrologic data as
necessary. Data
requested either by
SWA or WQM
through SWA.
3.1.3 Review completed
application for
groundwater pollution
potential and make
binding recontnenda-
tions to SWA regard-
ing aquifer protec-
tion including
monitoring
3.1.4 Issue test case permii
with provisions re-
' reauipod by DUTQTUI Prrt
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP:
1) Solid Waste
Administration ( 1
2) WCM (L)
3) Div. of Fish &
Game (S)
NJDEP:
1) Solid Waste
Administration (L
2) DWR,
WQM (S)
1) IStiDEP:
a) WCH
(L)
b) Solid Waste
Administration
2) USEPA, Region II
(S)
NJDEP:
1) WQW (L)
™ ™a (^
TIMING
19bO-
1985
S)
«
mi
^82
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Permit
reviews as
submitted
Approx.
MAN-
YEARS
1.5/yr
•
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
*™
RCRA
State
appropriated
CWA: 208
Water Management
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
STRATEGIES
3.2 Issue permits for
land disposal of
sludge, effluents
and subsurface
injection
3.3 Issue permits for
land disposal of
industrial effluents
'
ACTIVITIES
3.2.1 Review application
and engineering
data
3.2.2 Inspect site, req.
additional geologic
soil or hydrologic
data. Make
reconnendations to
SWA
3.2.3 Issue NPDES permits
including recommenda-
tions from Bureau of
Groundwater
Management
3.3.1 Review application
engineering data
3.3.2 Inspect site, request
additional geologic
soil or hydrologic
data. Make recommen-
dations on feasibility
and operation
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
flJDEP, EWR:
1) WQM (L)
2) CGA (S)
1) NJDEP, DWR:
a) WQM (L)
b) CGA (S)
2) USEPA, Region II
(S)
flJDEP, CWR:
1) WQM (L)
2) CGA (S)
NJDEP, EWR:
1) WQM (L)
2) CGA (S)
1) NJDEP, DWR:
a) WQM (L)
b) Enforcement
2) USEPA, Region II
(S)
TIMING
1980-
1985
1980
1985
«
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
teview and
investigates
is submittec
Reviews and]
Lnvestigatic
as submittec
Lncorp. unde
jround injec
per. into Nt
permits
,
MAN-
VEARS
*
lyr
yr
ns
c-
t.
DES
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA Section
201 State
appropriation
permit fees
(test case
permits funde
under 208)
CWA, Section
106, 201,
205G, State
appropriation
test case
permits funde
under Section
208
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Wa.ter Management
-------
o
00
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
3.3.3 Issue permit with
provisions required
by Bureau of Ground
Water Management
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR
1) CGA (L)
2) Ground Water
Management (S)
TIMING
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
«OHBM>^^_B_
MAN-
YEARS
««•••«•••
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-11 Strategies fo • Ground Water Management
-------
o
\o
STRATEGIES
3.4 Issue permits for
subsurface disposal
(septic systems) in
critical area, sub-
divisions over 50
units, schools, hos
pitals, campgrounds
and trailer parks.
Permits issued pri-
marily to protect
public health excep
in Pine Barrens
Critical Area where
ground water qualit
standards also must
be met
3.5 Issue permits for
alternate designs t
conventional septic
systems to prevent
health problems and
ground water pollu-
tion in non-sewerec
(cont'd. ..)
ACTIVITIES
3.4.1 Review application
for impact of pro-
ject on public
health and ground
water quality
3.4.2 Request additional
geologic, soil or
ground water data
3.4.3 Issue permit
3.4.4 Conduct hearings on
denied applications
3. 5. 1 Review alternate
) design submitted by
engineer through
local health auth-
ority
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Bur. of Ground
Water Mgt. (L)
2) W3M (S)
NJDEP, DWR,
Ground Water Mgt.
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Ground Water
Mgt. (S)
1) NJDEP, DWR:
a) Ground Wtr.
Mgt (L)
b) CGA (S)
2) Local Health
Authority (S)
TIMING
1980-
1985
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Permits as
required
MAN-
VEARS
3.5/yr
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State Appro-
priation
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
M
H
o
STRATEGIES
(3.5 cont'd)
areas, and allow
limited development
where land does not
meet subsurface
sewage disposal
regulations
ACTIVITIES
3. 5. 2 Review mechanical
aspects of design
(if any) which re-
quire experties in
wastewater facilities
design
3.5.3 Issue permit with
any required moni-
toring provisions
3.5.4 Review monitoring
data from alternate
designs
3.5.5 Develop approved
alternate designs
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR:
a) WQM (L)
b) CGA (S)
2) Local Health
Authority (S)
1) NJDEP, DWR,
WQM
2) Local Health
Authority (S)
NJDEP, DWR:
1) TOM (L)
2) 208 Planning (S)
TIMING
1980-
1985
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
•
Vyr
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State
Appropriatior
CWA, Sec. 201
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
STRATEGIES
3.6 Issue S.P.C.C. Per-
mits for major fac-
ilities. One pro-
vision includes
ground water moni-
toring at major
facilities to pre-
vent ground water
pollution
3.7 Issue permits for
UIC
•
ACTIVITIES
3.6.1 Review S.P.C.C.
application and
determine if
ground water moni-
toring is necessary.
If monitoring is
required, request
monitoring plan
3.6.2 Review ground
water monitoring
proposal and draft
permit requirements
3.6.3 Issue Permit
3.6.4 Review monitoring
data
3.7.1 Review applications
for waste disposal by
well
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP:
1) Office of
Hazardous Sub-
stance Control
(L)
2) W2M (S)
NJDEP
1) W2M
TIMING
1981
198u-
1985
1982
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
.3/yr
i
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Spill fund
State Appro-
priation
SDWA
State Appro-
priation
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
H
H
to
STRATEGIES
-
ACTIVITIES
3.7.2 Conceptual approval a
to feasibility of wel
disposal (issue a wel
drilling permit for
construction only)
3.7.3 Review of detailed
application for well
injection as to impac
on public health, wat
quality, construction
characteristics of
well and type of
scheduling of monitor
employed.
3.7.4 Request for additiona
information.
3.7.5 Re- submission of
application with
additional inforratio
3.7.6 Denial or approval of
operational permit.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
!T
ng
i
TIMING
4
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-11 Strategies fc • Ground Water Management
-------
H
U)
STRATEGIES
4 . 0 GROUNEWATER MANAGE-
MENT ENFORCEMENT
4.1 Pursue enforce-
ment actions
against solid
waste facilities
polluting ground
water
ACTIVITIES
4.1.1 Review monitoring
data and determine
extent of contamina-
tion and probable
source
4.1.2 Take enforcement
action and super-
vise clean-up
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP:
a) FMR,
W (D
b) Solid
Waste Ad-
ministratic
tions (S)
c) Enforce-
ment
d) Wat. Sup.
& flood. Pic
Mgt. (S)
e) OCTSR
2) Division of
Hazardous
Substance Con-
trol (S)
3) USEPA, Recrion
II (S)
4) DRBC (S)
NJDFP:
1) Solid Waste
Administration
(L)
TIMING
i
1981-
1986
i
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-]
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Groundwater Management
-------
STRATEGIES
•
•
ACTIVITIES
4.1.2 (con't)
4.1.3 Modify, design or
close down sources
of pollution
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
2) DWR:
a) Enforc (S)
b) WO* (S)
1) NJDEP
a) Solid
Waste
Admin. (L)
b) DWR, En-
forc. (S)
c) DWR,
W3K
(S)
2) NJ Attorney
General
TIMING
1980-
1985
i
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
2/yr
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State
Appropriatio
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Groundwater Management
-------
Ul
STRATEGIES
4.2 Pursue enforcement
actions against in-
dustrial or sewage
dischargers pollu-
ting, ground water
•
ACTIVITIES
4.1.4 Monitor Pollution
4.2.1 Review monitoring
data and determine
extent and serious-
ness of ground
water pollution
4.2.2 Take enforcement
action and super-
vise clean-up
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP:
1) DWR, Enf or center)
(I
2) DWR, Ground
Water Mcrt. (S
3) DWR, Bur. Po-
table Wtr (S
4) Solid Waste
Admin. (S
1) NJDEP, DWR;
a) Bur. of
Ground Water
M?t (I
b) Enforcement
c) Bur. of
Potable
Water (S
d) OCTSR
e) F'tfF - (S
2) USEPA, Peg II (
3) DRBC (S
L) NJDEP, DWR,
a) Enforcment
(L)
(Cont'd...)
TIMING
0
1980-
1985
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
3/vr
SOURCES OF]
FUNDS 1
1
f
CWA, Sec. 105
State .Appro-
priation
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Mane Cement
-------
STRATEGIES
•
ACTIVITIES
4.2.2 cont'd)
4.2.3 Modify design or
close down polluter
4.2.4 MDnitor pollution
and/or abatement
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
b) Bur. of
Ground Wate
mt (s)
c) PWF (S)
2) NJ Attorney
General (S)
NJDFP, EWR:
1) Enforcement (L)
2) OGA (S)
3) Ground Water
Mcrt. (S)
NJDEP, HWR;
1) Enforcement (L)
2) PWF (S)
3) Ground Water
Mgt. (S)
TIMING
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
•
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
•
Strategies for Ground Wa 3r Management
-------
STRATEGIES
4.3 Pursue enforcement
actions against muni
cipalities failing
to enforce septic
systems regulations,
and other on-site
subsurface sewage
disposers polluting
groundwater
•
ACTIVITIES
4.3.1 Review pollution
data
4.3.2 Take enforcement
action and modify
source of contamin-
ation
4.3.3 Take enforcement
and mitigation
action where local
health authority
fails to act
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) Local Health
Authority (L)
2) NJDEP, OtfR:
a) W$* (S)
b) Enforce-
ment
1) Local Health
Authority (L)
2) NJDEP, Df'TR:
a) VQM (S)
b) Enforce-
b ment (S)
i.
1) NJDEP, EK'TR
a) Enforce-
ment
b) WQ^ (S)
TIMING
1980
1985
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
DFP-
1 yr
EPA-
• i/yr
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec. 106
State
appropriation
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Groundwater Managem nt
-------
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
4.3.3 (oon't)
4.3.4 Monitor as necessary
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
2) NJ Att. Gen-
eral (S)
1) Local Health
Authority (L)
NJDEP, DWR
a) WCW (S)
b) Enforcement
TIMING
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Groundwater Mamgeitient
-------
STRATEGIES
4.4 Pursue enforcement
actions against
parties responsible
for spills of hazar-
dous or toxic sub-
stances into ground
water
ACTIVITIES
4.4.1 Respond to spill
and take action as
required to con-
tain contaminant
and prevent further
contamination
4.4.2 Take enforcement
action against
polluter
4.4.3 Clean-up ground
water
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) Off. of Haz-
ardous sub-
stance Control
(L)
2) Bur. of Ground
3) Enforcement (S)
1) Off. of Haz-
adous sub-
stance Con-
trol (L)
2) Bur. of Ground
Water Mgt. (S)
3) Enforcement (S)
4) NJ Att. Gen-
eral (S)
1) Off. -of Haz-
ardous Sub-
stance Control
(L)
2) Bur. of Ground
Water Mgt. (S)
3) Enforcement (S)
4) USEPA, Region
II (S)
TIMING
1980-
1985
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
2/yr
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec. 106
TSCA
PCRA
State
Appropriation
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Manag^nent
-------
M
O
STRATEGIES
(4.4 continued)
-
ACTIVITIES
4.4.4 Monitor clean-up
of ground water
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DfflR:
a) Enforcement (L)
b) Bur. of Ground
Water Mgt. (S)
2) Off. of Haz-
ardous Sub-
stance
Control (S)
3) USEPA, Region
II (S)
TIMING
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
FIGURE 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
STRATEGIES
5.0 GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT
PROGRAM INTBGRATICN
ACTIVITIES
5.1.1 Review plans sub-
mitted by agencies
which apply to
become septic
system management
districts
5.1.2 Obtain necessary
technical geologic,
hydrologic and soil
data necessary
to review project
and make recomm-
endations
5.1.3 Review completed
application and
accept or reject
proposal. All
districts must have
method of septage
disposal
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJPEP, IM*:
1) CGA (1)
2) WHM
(S)
3) 208 Planning (S)
1) NJDEP DWR:
a) WQM (1)
b) CGA (S)
NJT5FP, EMR
1) CGA (1)
2) Bur. of Ground
Water Mgt. (S)
3) 208 Planning (S)
TIMING
1980
1985
ILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
EARS
2/yr.
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, See 201
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
to
STRATEGIES
6 . 0 GROUND WATER SUPPLY
DATA ACQUISITION
6.1 Determine status
of ground water
levels in all
major aquifers
ACTIVITIES
6.1.1 Review monitoring
well data, includ-
ing USGS network-
add or substract
monitoring wells
6.1.2 Install water level
monitoring equip.
in key wells
6.1.3 Measure water level
in selected wells
6.1.4 Conduct synoptic
water level
measurement period-
ically where
aquifers are stressed
6.1.5 Drill new monitor
wells where suffi-
cient data is
needed and existing
wells are unsatis-
factory
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, Bur.
of Ground Water
Management
1) USGS (L)
2) NJDEP, DWR,
Bur. of
Ground Water
Management (S)
1) USGS (S)
2) NJDEP, DWR,
Bur. of
Ground. Water
Mgt. (S)
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Bur. of
Ground Water
Mgt. (L)
2) USGS (S)
3) USEPA (S)
TIMING
1980
1985
ILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Annual
status
report
Water
Purveyor
Quarterly
Reports
MAN-
EARS
i/yr
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
SDWA
State
Appropria-
tion
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
H
N
OJ
STRATEGIES
6.2 Obtain good
pumpage data
from all major
aquifers in order
to correlate with
water level data
•
ACTIVITIES
6.1.6 Review new diver-
sion applications
to ascertain if
applicant should
be required to
drill a monitor well
as a condition to
the diversion
6.2.1 Request legislation
which will require
all "grandfather"
supplies to
report pumpage
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, EWR,
Bur. of
Ground Water
Mgt. (L)
2) USGS (S)
NJDEP, EWR,
1) Bur. of Water
Water Supply
Planning &
Management (S)
2) Bur. of
Ground Water
Mgt. (S)
TIMING
4
ILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
EARS
•
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
STRATEGIES
7.0 GROUNDWATER SUPPLY -
REGULATORY/PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
ACTIVITIES
6.2.2 Computerize all
groundwater pumpage
data from wells
over 100,000 C.P.D.
6.2.3 Locate all wells
capable of pumping
over 100,000 G.P.D.
on map (a) which al-
so shows yield
7.1.1 Operate USGS models
to provide the best
management of
aquifers
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
a) Bureau of
Water Supply
Planning &
Mgt. (L)
b) Bureau of
Potable
Water (S)
c) WQW (S)
2) U.S.G.S. (S)
1) NJDEP, DWR:
a) Bureau of
W.S. Plann-
ing (L)
b) Bureau of
Potable Wat
(S)
c) Bureau of
W.S.P.&M.
(S)
d) WCM (s)
2) U.S.G.S. (S)
3) Geological Surv
(S)
1) NJDEP, DWR:
a) WQM (L)
TIMING
1981
!T
y
1980
1985
|
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Capability
to input in
Nat'l USGS
data system
Yearly re-
port
• . .
MAN-
YEARS
x>
DEP-1
yr.
EPA-1
yr.
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec. 20!
SDWA
1976 Bond
State Appro-
priation
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground V$ater Management
-------
N
(J
. STRATEGIES
7.1 Determine "safe
yields" or optimum
yields of aquifers
which have been
modeled
-
•
ACTIVITIES
7.1.2 Write reports on
Results of pumping
aquifers in various
patterns and quanti-
ties, make recomm-
endations
7.1.3 Adopt aquifer strat-
egy for diversion
grants
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
b) Bureau of
Potable Wa-
ter (S)
c) Systems Ana
Wasteload
Allocation
d) Bureau of
Water Suppl
Planning arv
Mgt. (S)
2) U.S.G.S. (S)
3) USEPA, Region
II (S)
4) DRBC (S)
1) Water Policy
and Supply
Council (L)
2) NJDEP, DWR:
a) WCH (S)
b) Systems Ana
Wasteload
Allocation
(S)
3) DRBC (S)
TIMING
1980
ysis-
1981
1985
1980
1981
1981
ysis-
4ILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Monitoring
equipment
purchased
Data inven-
tories
Model Compl
English-
town
Farrington
R-Magothy
MAN-
YEARS
^
5te
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Groundw^ter Management
-------
10
STRATEGIES
7.2 Evaluate safe
yields: or optimum
yield of aquifers
in areas where
modeling is not
practicable
.
ACTIVITIES
7.1.4 Determine extent of
ground water supplies
with estimate of
potential need to
abandon certain
supplies
7.1.5 Develop ground water
supply abandonment
criteria
7.2.1 Map northern valleys
contain substantial
sand and gravel,
utilizing geophysics
existing data and a
few test wells on
U.S.G.S. quadrangles
7.2.2 Map rock aquifers to
evaluate and protect
high yield or re-
charge areas for
future development
.
LE^D/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) N3DEP DWR
a) WSMP
b) WRP & M
2) DRBC
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of
Groundwater Mgt
I) U.S.G.S. .(S)
3) Bureau of Ge-
ology (S)
4) USEPA, Region
II (S)
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of
Groundwater
Mgt.
2) U.S.G.S. (S)
3) Bureau of Ge-
ology (S)
4) USEPA, Region
II, (S)
5) Universities (S
TIMING
1981-
1986
1982
1980-85
i
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
2-4 quads/
yr/
MAN-
YEARS
EPA-.l
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA 208
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Gronndwa'ter Management
-------
STRATEGIES
7.3 Evaluate sole source
designation where
appropriate
ACTIVITIES
7.2.3 Construct aquifer
models in valleys
containing substan-
tial quantities of
waterbearing sedi-
ments
7.2.4 Estimate yield of
various rock acqui-
f ers from well
records, borings,
geophysical data,
physical properties
of formations and
surface hydrology
7.3.1 Review petitions
for designation
7.3.2 Review federal
assistance projects
in designated areas
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
i) won (D
2) U.S.G.S. (S)
1) VWl (L)
2) USEPA, Region
II (S)
3) DRBC (S)
1) EPA Region II
water supply
branch (c)
2) NJDEP DWR
WHME (S)
\
1) USEPA Region i:
(L)
2) NJDEA (S)
3) NTOEP DWR
VRME (S)
TIMING
1981
1981
1981
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Ridgewood
decision
Upper Rocka
decision
Coastal Pla
decision
MAN-
YEARS
ray
n
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
SDWA
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Groundwater Management
-------
STRATEGIES
8.0 GKQUNEWATER SUPPLY
PERMITTING
8.1 Ensure that "safe
yield" or optimum
yield of various
acquifers vail
not be exceeded
by new grant di-
versions
ACTIVITIES
8.1.1 Review important
groundwater diver-
sion applications
8.1.2 Operate models where
available
8.1.3 Make reconnendationE
to WP&S Council
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR,
, VJSFPME (L)
TCM (S)
DRBC (S)
TIMING
1980-
85
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
i
-
MAN-
YEARS
1/yr.
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State Appro-
priation
1976 Bond
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Grcundwater Managsnent
-------
to
ID
. STRATEGIES
8.2 Issue permits
for groundwater di-
versions which wil]
not deplete or
contaminate aquifei
ACTIVITIES
8.2.1 Conduct hearings on
the diversion appli-
cation
•
8.2.2 Review groundwater
date and operate
model if applicable.
Make recommendations
to Water Policy and
Supply Council on
major diversions
8.2.3 Permit for ground
water diversion
issued with stipu-
lation or denied
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) Water Pol. &
Sup. Council C
2) NJDEP, DWR
a) WSFPMF
(S)
b) wqvi (S)
3) U.S.C.S. (S)
4) DRBC (S)
1) NJDEP, DWR;
a) WSFPMF (L)
b) Bureau of
Potable Wa1
(S)
c) WQM
(S)
2) U.S.C.S. (S)
3) DRBC (S)
TIMING
)
er
1) Water Pol. & S\|p.
Council (L)
2) NJDEP, DWR:
a) Bureau of
Potable Wat
(S)
er
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
W
o
STRATEGIES
(8.2.3 continued)
•
•
ACTIVITIES
8.2.4 Require all diver-
sions to have ade-
quate waste disposal
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
b) WQM (s)
(S)
c) Bureau of
Water Sup.
P & M (S)
3) DRBC (S)
1) Water Pol. & Si
Council (L)
2) NJT3FP, DMR;
a) Enforcemsnl
b) (S)
b) WDM (s)
c) Bureau of
Potable
Water (S)
TIMING
p.
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
i^mmmmi^mm
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-11 Strategies for Ground Water Management
-------
. STRATEGIES
9.0 GRDUNEWATER. SUPPLY-
ENFORCEMENT
9.1 Assure that ground-
water diversion
grants are not
being exceeded or
that the existing
diversions are
causing water
quality or quantity
problems
ACTIVITIES
9.1.1 Operate aquifer node!
for diversion grantee
and check against
water quality
9.1.2 Put all pumpage and
diversion grants
on computer which
will flag permits
exceeding grants
9.1.3 Cut back grants where
they are excessive or
if they threaten the
the short-term safe
yield or water qualit
9.1.4 Require all ground-
water diverters to
report static and
pumping levels from
all their wells and
enter data on compute
which should be run
annually for trends.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDFP, EK'TR,
WSFPME (L)
2) U.S.C.S. (S)
1) Water Pol. &
Sup. Council (
2) NJDEP, TMR;
a) Bureau of
Water Sup.
b) \m (S)
TIMING
1980-85
,)
ILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
EARS
DEP-l/A
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
-------
2.5.2 Water Supply Management and Conservation
Water supply managment and conservation objectives are focused on
developing an integrated approach to ensuring adequate quantity and
acceptable quality of water delivered to consumers and controlling the
quality of water available for development. Data acquisition, program
development, regulatory program development, grants administration and
public participation strategies have been developed to meet such objectives
for this particular water resource management problem. These strategies,
and their corresponding activities, will be implemented during the coming
years by the NJDEP, DWR Water Supply Master Planning effort, with input from
the Bureau of Water Resources Planning and Management, Bureau of Potable Water
and local government.
The strategies developed by NJDEP in this section have been developed to meet
issue and program development needs associated with realizing water supply
management and conservation objectives. These needs include:
.ensuring the quantity and quality of water delivered to consumers,
while controling the quantity of water available for development
.structuring the water supply program to anticipate and effectively
react to emerging water supply problems
.developing a revised institutional legislative and administrative
framework for handling regulatory problems and responsibilities
.development of an integrated water supply and water quality information
system
.developmentof a groundwater strategy
.better groundwater management capabilities
.involving the public in water supply and conservation decisions
Figure 2-12 presents the strategies for water supply management and
conservation and the associated activities, organizational responsibilities,
timing, outputs, man-years and sources of funds.
132
-------
M
U)
OJ
STRATEGIES
1.0 WATER SUPPLY MANAGEMENT
CONSERVATION - DATA
ACQUISITION
1.1 Develop specifications
for the establishment
of a water supply and
water quality infor-
mation system.
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Analyze current water
supply and water
quality information
systems of DWR
1.1.2 Make recommendations
and provide assis-
tance for making
overall system
operational
1.1.3 Coordinate and link
to MSIS and Office
of Quality Assistance
1.1.4 Maintain and operate
data and information
system
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DNJDEP, DWR
a) Water Supply
Planning
b) Monitoring &
Planning
DNJDEP, DWR
a) Water Supply
Planning
b) Water Re-
sources
Monitoring
& Planning
DNJDEP, DWR -
a) Water Supply
Planning
b) Water re-
sources Monit-
oring and Plan-
ning
c) Bureau of
Potable Water
DNJDEP, DWR
a) Water
Supply Planning
b) Monitoring
& Planning
TIMING
1980
1981-
1982
1982
1982
•
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
System
operates by
1982
MAN-
YEARS
2.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Water Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
I—1
U)
. STRATEGIES
1.2 Develop required
surface water data
•
ACTIVITIES
1.2.1 Develop contents and
methodology for con-
duct of watershed
management plans,
including hydrologic
water budgets for
surface streams and
groundwater aquifers
(coordinate with
208,201 & 303 (e)
and potable water)
1.2.2 Conduct watershed
management plans
for following basins
Wallkill River,
Musconetcong River,
Crosswicks Creek,
Rancccas Creek
Maurice River
l'.2.3 Conduct plans for
remaining basins in
State. Coordinate
with proposed fac-
ilities approval
mechanism
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DNJDEP, DWR,
a) Water Supply
Planning
b) Monitoring &
Planning
DNJDEP, DWR
a) Water Supply
Planning
b) Monitoring &
Planning
DNJDEP, DWR
a) Water Supply
Planning
b) Monitoring &
Planning
TIMING
1980
1980
Start
1982
•
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies fc_- Watdbr Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
OJ
Ul
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
1.2.4 Prepare monthly sta-
tus Reports on major
reservoirs in State
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
Water Supply
Planning
--
TIMING
1980
ILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
MAN-
EARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Water Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
c
-------
u
STRATEGIES
-
ACTIVITIES
2.1.4 Recommend studies for
determining the inter
relationship of
ground and surface
water and for
determining the
quantitative extent
of grandfather
rights (groundwater)
2.1.5 Analyze, legal and in
stitutional problems
relating to grand-
father rights and
recommend means for
modifying or altering
vested rights
2.1.6 Develop groundwater
management guide-
lines
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DNJDEP, DWR
a) Water Supply
Planning
b) Monitoring &
Planning
2)DRBC
DNJDEP, DWR,
a) Water Supply
Planning
b) Monitoring &
Planning
See Above 2.1.6
c) Bureau of
Potable Water
TIMING
1980
1980
Start
1981
,
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Water Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
H
U
a
STRATEGIES
2.2 Develop comprehensive
water conservation
program, including
development of
water supply and shor-
tage contingency plans
ACTIVITIES
2.1.7 Maintain and utilize
computer simulation
models of groundwater
aquifers and surface
water systems to
assist WP & SC in
making plan and permit
approvals.
2.2.1 Analyze potential
impact of alternative
conservation pol-
icies and programs
2.2.2 Recommend long term
conservation pol-
icies and programs
2.2.3 Initiate bench and
field testing of
specific water
conservation devices
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
See Above 2.1.8
2) USGS
DNJDEP, DWR
Water Supply
Planning
2}NJDEP, DWR
Monitoring &
Planning
3)DRBC
DNJDEP, DWR,
Water Supply
Planning
2)DRBC
DNJDEP, DWR
Water supply
Planning
2) Monitor ing
& Planning
3) Localities
TIMING
Start
1980
1980
1983
1981
•
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
4'
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Water Supply Management
and conservation
-------
G
VA.
vo
. STRATEGIES
•
ACTIVITIES
2.2.4 Initiate evaluation
of effectiveness
of and develop
performance standards
for specific water
conservation devices
2.2.5 Determine capabil-
ities of each major
water system to
sustain intensive
one-year and multi-
year droughts
2.2.6 Propose new systems
interconnections
2.2.7 Perform Hydraulic
tests for existing
system intercon-
nections
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DNJDEP, DWR
Water Supply
Planning
2) Monitoring &
Planning
3) Localities
DNJDEP, DWR,
Water Supply
Planning
2)NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring &
Planning
DNJDEP, DWR,
Water Supply
Planning
2)NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring &
Planning
3) Bureau of Potable
Water
1) Water
Purveyors
TIMING
1981
1980
1982
Start
1982
•
MILESTONES*
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Water Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
jj-
c
STRATEGIES
2.3 Develop comprehensive
institutional manage-
ment framework
ACTIVITIES
2.2.8 Analyze ability of
water systems to
back up others
on emergency and
long term basins
2.2.9 Recommend water
system rehabilitation
program
2.3.1 Analyze stationary
framework for WP&SC
allocation respons-
ibilities to form-
ulate constituent
elements of a compre-
hensive diversion
rights law; and
evaluate feasibility
of allowing the
reservation of
diversion rights into
the future and make
recommendations based
on evaluation
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DNJDEP, EWR
Water Supply
Planning
2)NJDEP, EWR
Bureau of
Potable water
DNJDEP, EWR
Water Supply
Planning
2) Bureau of Potable
Water
DNJDEP, EWR
Water Supply
Planning
2)NJDEP, EWR
Monitoring &
Planning
3)NJDEP, EWR
Bureau of
Potable Water
TIMING
1980
1980
•
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Water .Supply Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
1
STRATEGIES
•
ACTIVITIES
2.3.2 Analyze WP & SC's
legally mandated
functions and
recommend regula-
tions to govern
WP & SC's opera-
tions and proced-
ures in deliber-
ations over
applications for
diversion and
plan approvals
2.3.3 Analyze WP & SC's
legally mandated
functions and
recommend a set
of water-related
fees to generate
revenues suffi-
cient to cover
costs of water
supply regulation
and administration.
(include recommen-
dations for
economic deterr-
ents against over
drafting.)
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DNJDEP, DWR
Water Supply
Planning
2)NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring
Planning
3)NJDEP, DWR,
Bur. of Pot-
able Water
DNJDEP, DWR,
Water Supply
Planning
2)NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring -
Planning
3)NJDEP, DWR,
Bur. of Pot-
able Water
TIMING
1980
1980
'
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
t
MAN-
YEARS
.3
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Water Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
\->
to
. STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
2.3.4 Request WP&SC to
adopt procedures by
SWSMP for adoption
of and update of
Master Plan
2.3.5 Request WP&SC to
adopt procedures
by Water Supply
Planning for adop-
tion of Management
reconroendations
2.3.6 Analyze relation-
ship between PUC
and DWR to improve
coordination and to
recommend princi-
ples for use by DWR
in taking a public
position in BPU
rate cases.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DNJDEP, DWR,
Water Supply
Planning
2)NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring
& Planning
3)NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of
Potable Water
Water Supply
Planning
M&P
DNJDEP, DWR,
Statewide
Water Supply
Master Plan
2)NJDEP, DWR,
Water
Resources
Planning &
Management
3)NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of
Potable Water
TIMING
1981
1981
1980
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Subtask
8C
MAN-
VEARS
.15
.15
.1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies for WateV Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
STRATEGIES
2.4 Develop a ground-
water strategy which
reflects state
priorities and
National and Regional
EPA groundwater
ACTIVITIES
2.4.1 An official policy
statement on prior-
ity of a groundwater
strategy develop-
ment and imple-
mentation
2.4.2 Formal coordination
mechanisms among
bureaus, divisions,
Units, Agencies, etc.
involved.
2.4.3 An analysis of pro-
gram deficiencies
and needs
2.4.4 Detailed descriptions
of types of activities
milestones , time-
frames to be carried
out in order to put
a groundwater pro-
tection program
inplace
2.4.5 Funding for program
development and
implementation
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR Water
Supply Planning
(L) Water Quality
Element (S)
NJDEP, DWR, Water
Supply Planning
(L) Water Quality
Element (S)
NJDEP, DWR, Water
Supply Planning
(L) Water Quality
Element (S)
NJDEP, DWR, Water
Supply Planning
(L) Water Quality
Element (S)
NJDEP, DWR, Water
Supply Planning
(L) Water Quality
Element (S)
TIMING
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
SDWA
WRC
Title III
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Water Supply Management and Conservation
-------
STRATEGIES
•
ACTIVITIES
2.4.6 Role of Public
2.4.7 Provide Headquarters
and Regional Ground-
water Protection
Strategies as
assistance documents
2.4.8 Provide technical
assistance in the
development of the
strategy
2.4.9 Assist states in
securing funds to
develop and imple-
ment the strategy
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, Water
Supply Planning
(L) Water Quality
Element (S)
USEPA Water Supply
Branch (S)
USEPA Water Supply
Branch (S)
USEPA Water Supply
Branch (S)
TIMING
4
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
•
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Water S.upply Management and Conservation (con't.)
-------
H
*>
U
STRATEGIES
3.0 WATER SUPPLY MANAGE-
MENT AND CONSERVATION
REGULATORY PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
3.1 Water Policy and
Supply Council
Activities
3.2 Allocate waters of
the State
ACTIVITIES
3.1.1 Request WP&SC to
adopt management-
related recommenda-
tions and watershed
plans completed and
utilize same in
making plan and
permit approvals.
3.1.2 Request WP&SC to
order interconnec-
tions in emergen-
cies.
3.2.1 Evaluate applica-
tions for water
diversion grant
approvals in equi-
table and efficient
manner.
3.2.2 Administer well
permit program.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
SWSMP, WRP&M
SWSMP, WRP&M
Bureau of
Potable Water
DNJDEP, DWR,
Water Policy
& Supply
Council
2)NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of
Potable Water
3)DRBC
DNJDEP, BWSP
2)NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of
Potable Water
3)NJDEP, DWR,
WP&SC
TIMING
1980
As
needed
On-
going
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
.
MAN-
YEARS
-J-5
i
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
1.0 1 State
I
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Water Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
STRATEGIES
3.3 Maintain safe and
aesthetically pleasing
drinking water for
residents of State
ACTIVITIES
3.2.3 Improve enforcement
of metering require-
ments in WP&SC
permit and plan
approvals
3.3.1 Administer well
permit program
3.3.2 Provide technical
assistance and
certification super-
vision (laboratories
and treatment plant
operators)
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DNJDEP, DWR
Water Policy
& Supply Coun.
2)NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of
Potable Water
DNJDEP, BG&T
2)NJDEP, DWR,
BPW
3)NJDEP, DWR
WP&SC
NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of Potable
Water
TIMING
Start
1980
to-
going
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
•
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Water Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
STRATEGIES
3.4 Assume primacy under
National Safe Drink-
ing Water Act
'
ACTIVITIES
3.4.1 Adopt State Safe
Drinking Water
Regulations
3.4.2 Expand surveillance
and inspection of
public community
and non-community
water purveyors
3.4.3 Develop public
education program
for vteter
conservation
3.4.4 Prepare and publish
brochures and other
material on
conservation
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of Potable
Water
NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of Potable
Water
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Water Supply
Planning
2) NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of
Potable Water
3)NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring &
Planning
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Water Supply
Planning
2) NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of
Potable Water
3) NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring &
Planning
TIMING
Achieved
1979
ongoing
Start
1981
Start
1981
1
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
ongoing
MAN-
YEARS
.4
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Water Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
H
00
STRATEGIES
3.5 Evaluate State grant
policy in terms of
achievement of water
supply/quality
objectives
•
ACTIVITIES
3.5.1 Review Green Acres
program and recom-
mend policies to
better integrate
land acquisition
with water
resources objec-
tives
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DNJDEP/Green
Acres
2) Monitor ing &
Planning/
Designated
Agency
3)NJDEP/Water
Supply Plan-
ning
4) Water purveyors
TIMING
1981
i
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Report &
Policy
MAN-
YEARS
.5-1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
208 State
Appropria-
tions
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Wate^r Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
*
VC
STRATEGIES
4.0 WATER SUPPLY MANAGE-
MENT AND CONSERVATION
GRANTS ADMINISTRATION
ACTIVITIES
4.1.1 Distribute proposed
State-f unneled ,
federal grant funds
for technical
assistance on water
conservation to
counties and
localities if
sufficient funds are
made available
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DNJDEP, DWR,
Water Supply
Planning
2)NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring &
Planning
TIMING
1982
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
•
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Watar Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
STRATEGIES
5.0 WATER SUPPLY MANAGE-
MENT AND CONSERVATION
- PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
5.1 Develop public
participation and
intergovernmental
coordination pro-
gram for water
supply management
and conservation
ACTIVITIES
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DNJDEP, DWR,
Water Supply
Planning
2)NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring &
Planning and
Management
TIMING
1980-
1984
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
.
2
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-12 Strategies for Water Supply Management
and Conservation
-------
5.3 Public Water System Supervision
Public water system supervision objectives are oriented towards ensuring
that adequate quantities of safe drinking water are provided to the citizens
of New Jersey. Strategies, including data acquisition, program implementation,
regulatory program development, and maintenance of primacy under the federal
Safe Drinking Water Act have been developed to meet these objectives. The
strategies, and their corresponding activities will be implemented during the
coming years by the NJDEP and USEPA Region II, within the limitations of fiscal
support provided by State appropriations and the Federal Grant awarded pursuant
to the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act.
The strategies in this section have been developed to meet the program needs
associated with realizing public water system supervision objectives, and
include:
.developing adequate monitoring capabilities for safe drinking water
.focusing compliance and enforcement efforts for effective treatment
of water utilities
.control of toxics in drinking water supplies
The strategies represent a joint NJDEP/USEPA Region II effort, with
the State playing a primary role in supervising public water systems
and enforcing drinking water regulations. USEPA Region II will continue
to provide grants and technical assistance while developing new regulations,
standards and guidelines for contaminants in drinking water.
Figure 2-13 presents the strategies for public water system supervision
and the associated activities, organizational responsibilities, timing,
outputs, man-years and sources of funds.
151
-------
STRATEGIES
1.0 PUBLIC WATER SYSTEM
SUPERVISION
1.1 Maintain Primacy
under Federal Safe
Drinking Water Act
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Review and approve
plans for public
water systems.
1.1.2 Inspect and monitor
water systems
a) Conduct Initial
Inspections
b) Conduct Routine
Inspections
c) Conduct Joint
Surveys
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) Bureau of Potab
Water
2) W.P.& S. Council
1) Bureau of Potab]
Water
1) Enforcement
Element
2) Bureau of Potab
Water
1) E.P.A.
2) Bureau of Potab:
Water
TIMING
j on-goinc
j on-goin<
a
a
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
100%
submitted
500
annually
500
annually
As
requested
by E.P.A.
(Antici-
pate 12)
MAN-
VEARS
4.5
•
7
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State appro-
priation anc
Federal gran
for all cate
gories.
$540,100
(Federal)
$305,044
(State)
Figure 2-13 Strategies for PublicjWater System Supervision
-------
Ul
U)
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
d) Special Investi-
gations
e) Conduct Detailed
Community Water
System Evalua-
tions
1.1.3 Achieve compliance
with National Pri-
mary Drinking Water
Regulations.
a) Reduce percentage
of non-reporting
purveyors
b) Assure adequate
public notifica-
tion for MCL
violations
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) Bureau of Potable
Water
1) Bureau of Potable
Water
2) Enforcement
Element
1) Bureau of Potable
Water
2) Enforcement
Element
TIMING
1981
1982
on-going
MILESTONES]
OUTPUTS
24
annually
.
90%
reporting
95%
reporting
100%
notifica-
tions
>
MAN-
VEARS
Approx
300/yr
2.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
FIGURE 2-13 Strategies for Public Water System Supervision
-------
. STRATEGIES
•
ACTIVITIES
c) Develop compli-
ance schedules
for repeated MCL
violators
d) Require water
supplies to moni-
tor for T.T.H.M.
e) Issue
Commissioners
orders where
necessary
1.1.4 Complete Inventory
of Public Non-
Community Systems.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) Bureau of Potable
Water
2) Enforcement
Element
1) Bureau of Potable
Water
2) Enforcement
Element
1) Bureau of Potable
Water
TIMING
1981
1981
1*83
1981
on-going
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
100%
Supplies
75,000*
Supplies
Between
10,000
&
75,000
Anticipate
25/yr
500
fV^rf "1 'f"! OTV5 1
per year
MAN-
fEARS
*
2
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
FIGURE 2-13 Strategies for Public Water System Supervision
-------
in
en
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
1.1.5 Require Compliance
with NIPDWR by veri-
fied Public Non-
Camnunity Systems
1.1.6 Maintain existing
Lab. Certification
Program.
1.1.7 Assure adequate
training programs
for staff and water
system operators.
1.1.8 Refine MSIS to meet
State/EPA needs.
MaJ-ntain data
management system
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) Bureau of Potable
ble Water
2) Enforcement
Element
1) Quality Assurance
2) Bureau of Potable
Water Central
Collection and
Licensing and
E.P.A.
1) Bureau of Human
Resources
2) Bureau of Potable
Water Central
Collection and
Licensing
1) Bureau of Potable
Water
2) E.P.A. Bureau of
Automated Systems
TIMING
on-going
on-going
on-going
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
500
annually
65
inspections
annually
submit
annual
report to
E.P.A.
by Dec. 1,
1980
i
MAN-
VEARS
' 2 '
1
4.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
_
FIGURE 2-13 Strategies for Public Water System Supervision
-------
. STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
1.1.9 Conduct disease -
surveillance pro-
gram.
1.1.10 Maintain a public
participation pro-
gram.
1.1.11 Administer program.
1.1.12 Evaluate emergencies
as needed
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) Department of
Health
2) Bureau of Potable
Water
3) E.P.A.
1) Bureau of Potable
Water
2) Division of Water
Resources
3) E.P.A.
1) Water Supply and
Flood Plain
Management
Element
2) Bureau of Potable
Water
3) E.P.A.
1) Bureau of Potable
Water
2) E.P.A.
TIMING
on-going
As
on-going
on-going
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
As needed
As needed
Anticipate
50/yr
MAN-
VEARS
.
0.5
0.5
3.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
FIGURE 2-13 Strategies for Publxc Water System Supervision
-------
in
STRATEGIES
2.0 CONTROL OF TOXICS IN
DRINKING WATER.
2.1 Correlate toxics
monitoring program
with other monitor-
ing activities.
ACTIVITIES
2.1.1 Non- routine sampling
of drinking water
for suspect organic
chemical contamina-
tion.
2.1.2 Correlate major
sources of priority
pollutants with
location of existing
water supply.
2.1.3 Require closing of
wells f use of alter-
nate sources of
supply or installa-
tion of effective
treatment.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) Bureau of Potable
Water
2) Toxic Substances
Program
3) E.P.A.
1) Bureau of Potable
Water (5)
2) Water Purveyors
(5)
1) Bureau of Potable
Water
2) Toxic Substances
Program, State
Department of
Health., EPA
. >
TIMING
on-going
on-going
on-going
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Provide
info to
water in-
dustry
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
FIGURE 2-13 Strategies for Public Water System Supervision
-------
2.5.4. Water Quality/Water Supply Integration
The integration of water quality/water supply concern, often inter-
related in a complex manner, is essential for developing and implementing
effective water resources decisions. Data Acquisition, regulatory/program
development and grants administration strategies have been developed to
meet the objective of water quality/water supply intergration. The
strategies, and their corresponding activities, will be implemented over
the next years by the NJDEP Division of Water Resources Water Supply
Master Plan and Water Resources Planning and Management Element will
input from 208 Agencies, water purveyors and USEPA Region II.
The strategies developed in this section by NJDEP and USEPA Region
II have been developed to meet the needs associated with integrating
water quality/water supply concerns. These needs include:
.a data collection effort to enable rational long-term planning
for quality/quantity issues
.determination of future water supply demands and their efforts
on water quality
.determination of future wastewater treatment facilities needs and
their efforts on potable water supplies
.evaluation of current Federal and State water supply and waste
treatment grant programs in terms if achieving intergration goals.
Figure 2-14 presents the strategies for controlling industrial
discharges and the associated activities, organizational responsibilities,
timing, outputs, man-years and sources of funds.
158
-------
STRATEGIES
1.0 DATA ACQUISITION
1.1 Determine quality
of potential water
supplies with
respect to toxics,
to enable rational
long term planning
for quality/quan-
tity issues
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Systematically
sample for toxics
in each potable
watershed and major
aquifer. Intensive
surveys will be
undertaken on a
priority basis with
input and partici-
pation of water
purveyors. Data
interpretation will
feed into policy
making for water
qua! i ty/supply
programs
1.1.2 Set priority list
for intensive
surveys
1.1.3 Undertake surveys
and interpret data
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1} NODEP
2) Water Purveyors
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring &
Planning
2) Water Purveyors
Varies
TIMING
on-
going
1980
1980
i
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
See Toxics
Strategy
See Moni-
toring
Strategy
Report 208
Plan
Amendment
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec. 20!
Figure 2-14 Strategies for Water Quality/Water Supply Integration
-------
1-
o
o
STRATEGIES
1.2 Ascertain existing
water supply (star-
face and ground)
for major systems
t
ACTIVITIES
1.2.1 Inventory surface
supplies
1.2.2 Select withdrawal
limitations
(variable assump-
tions could be made)
1.2.3 Inventory ground
supplies
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, Hater
Supply Planning
DRBC
TIMING
Com-
pleted
1981
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
•
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Bond Issue
Figure 2-14 Strategies for Water Quality/Water Supply Integration
-------
-------
-------
. STRATEGIES
2.5 Project needs for
wastewater treatment
by county and water-
shed
2.6 Identify issues in
providing adequate
water supply to meet
sewerage needs
2.7 Develop policies to
encourage maximum
reuse and intra
basin resource
development in
sewerage programs
'
ACTIVITIES
2.5.1 Projections for
sewered and non-
sewered areas
2.6.1 For approved pro-
jects, design flow
vs. water supply
2.6.2 Develop policy to
resolve problems/
conflict caused by
overdesigned sewer-
age systems
2.7.1 Evaluate adequacy
of existing policy
2.7.2 Proposed changes and
develop policy docu-
ments and require-
ments for sewer
program
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of Water
Resource Plann-
ing and Manage-
ment
2) 208 Agencies
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Monitoring &
Planning
2) Water Supply
Planning
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Monitoring &
2) Water Supply
Planning
TIMING
on
going
1980
as
needed
1980
^MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Detailed
facility
plans
Report
DWR policy
Report
DWR policy
MAN-
YEARS
•
1
1
3
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, SEC. 20
CWA, Sec. 20
(g)
CWA, Sec. 20
(g)
CW\, Sec. 20
Figure 2-14 Strategies for Water Quality/Water Supply Integration (cont'd)
-------
STRATEGIES
2.8 Review past sewerage
program decisions
affecting water
supply to determine
regulatios
2.9 Determine relative
impact of developmer
on quality of water
supplies especially
with regard to
toxics
ACTIVITIES
2.8.1 Identify projects in
which water supply
goals were adversely
affected by sewerage
programs
2.8.2 Identify issues in
EPA requirements
which discourage
wastewater reclama-
tion and intra basin
water resource deve-
lopment based on
review of key project
2.8.3 If necessary prepare
changes in EPA
policy
2.9.1 Carry out compara-
t tive evaluation of
water quality in
different watersheds
as compared to land
xose
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, Water
Supply Planning
USEPA, Region n
3
USEPA, Head-
quarters
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Water, Resource
Planning and
Management
2) PECTS
TIMING
1981
1980
1980
1981-
1982
'
yllLESTONES
OUTPUTS
Report
Regional
Policy
MAN-
VEARS
.5
.5
.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
(g) '
CWA, Sec. 20
SDWA
CWA, Sec. 20
State
Appropriatio
15
-------
in
STRATEGIES
2.10 Project water qual-
ity problems of
potable watershed
2.11 Evaluate potential
to use existing
programs to better
protect water quality
in potable watersheds
ACTIVITIES
2.10.1 This is a research
task that needs to
be further outlinec
2.11.1 Evaluate the foll-
owing mechanisms:
-water quality
standards for
toxics
-establish waste-
load allocation
procedures for
toxics
-aquifer recharge
area protection
program
—spills program
-technology based
effluent limits fo
toxics
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR,
Water Resource
Planning and
Management
2) PECTS
3) DRBC
4) Monitoring &
Planning
>) EPA
TIMING
1980
,
1980
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Amendments
to 208 plai
Sole Source
Chatham
Buried Vail
MAN-
YEARS
5 .5
>y Desic
•••••^•i
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec. 208
ration
•
^^mmmm^mmmm^fm
Strategies for Water Quality/Water Supply Integration
-------
. STRATEGIES
3.0 GRANTS ADMINISTRATION
3.1 Madify sewer grant
requirements if
necessary to
better reflect
water supply
objectives
3.2 Develop balanced
approach in Federal
programs between
water supply and
waste treatment
ACTIVITIES
3.0.1 Evaluate the follow-
ing mechanisms:
-water quality
standards for
toxics
-establish wasteload
allocation proced-
ures for toxics
-aquifer recharge
area protection
program
*OT>-1 1 1 n I--T----I_ j - -
—spins program
-technology based
effluent limits for
toxics
3.2.1 Carry out case study
for New Jersey on
impact of sewer
program on water
supply development
and evaluate
Federal sources of
funds for water
supply
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
USEPA, Region II
TIMING
1980
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Report to
Congress
MAN-
/EARS
* •
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec. 20
Figure 2-14 Strategies for Water Qaality Integration
-------
2.5.5 Purveyor Deficits/Fragmentation of Water Supply Network
The objective of purveyor deficits/fragmentation of water supply
network strategies is to develop a comprehensive plan to meet existing
water supply deficits and assume sufficient supplies to meet projected
needs. Data Acquisition, resource development and regulatory program
development strategies have been formulated to meet such objectives for
this particular water resource management problem. These strategies,
and their corresponding activities will be implemented by the State Water
Supply Master Plan and EWR's Bureau of Water Quality Planning and Manage-
ment, among others.
The strategies developed in this section by NJDEP have been
developed to meet program development needs associated with realizing
the above objectives. These needs include:
.a comprehensive data acquisition program for both purveyor
deficits and fragmentation of the water supply, network,
oriented towards determining and projecting needs and developing
contingency plans
.acquiring sites and designing and contructing facilities
.developing regulatory policies and procedures oriented towards
withdrawl limitation, emergency interconnections and small
water purveyor assistance.
Figure 2-15 presents the strategies for purveyor deficits/frag-
mentation of the water supply network and the associated ativities,
organizational responsibilities, timing, outputs, man-years and soruces
of funds.
167
-------
en
03
STRATEGIES
1.0 PURVEYOR DEFICITS -
DATA ACQUISITION
1.1 Propose alterna-
tive for meeting
water supply
needs by:
jects and programs
to meet short term
needs (7-12 yrs.);
and evaluating
projects for
meeting medium
and long term
needs (30-50 yrs)
1.2 Recommend long term
conservation policic
and programs
1.3 Evaluate effective-
ness of and develop
performance standarc
for specific water^
conservation device:
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Develop water demand
projections and
revise as needed
1.1.2 Determine withdrawal
limitations on the
basis of risk
analysis
1.1.3 Develop data bank on
potential projects
and programs to
meet needs
1.1.4 Evaluate potential
projects through
hydrologic analysis
1.2.1 Analyze potential
s impacts of alterna-
tive conservation
policies and pro-
grams
1.3.1 Conduct field test-
ing of specific
s water conservation
devices
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Water Supply
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Water Supply
Planning
1) NJDEP, DWR:
a) Water Supply
Planning
2) Localities
TIMING
1980
Phase I
- 1980
Phase II
1981-83
1981
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
.2.5.
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-15 Strategies for Purveyor Deficits/Fragmentation of Water Supply Network
-------
STRATEGIES
1.4 Recommend approach
for generating
front-end capital
for state sponsored
projects
2.0 PURVEYOR DEFICITS -
RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT
2.1 Recomned needed
state sponsored
water supply
development pro-
jects 1980-1985
3.0 PURVEYOR DEFICITS -
REGULATORY PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
3.1 Implement conserva-
tion policies
and programs
ACTIVITIES
1.4.1 Analyze alternatives
for funding future
state sponsored
water projects
2.1.1 Acquire site and
design, and con-
struct state spon-
sored projects
3.1.1 Request Water Policy
and Supply Council
to adopt withdrawal
limitations and other
State Water Supply
Master Plan Recommen-
dations and apply
plan and permit
approvals
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, Water Supply
Planning
NJDEP:
1) Water Supply
Planning
2) Water Facilities
Operations
1) NJDEP, DWR:
a) Water Supply
Planning
b) Bureau of
Potable Water
c) Construction
Grants Admini-
stration
2) Water Policy
and Supply
Council
TIMING
1980-
1981
as
needed
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
1
MAN-
VEARS
.1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
.
Figure 2-15 Strategies for Purveyor Deficits/Fragmentation of Water Supply Network
-------
STRATEGIES
4.0 FRAGMENTATION OF WATER
SUPPLY NETWORK —
DATA ACQUISITION
4.1 Propose new system
interconnections
4.2 Recommend contin-
gency plans for
water shortages
4.3 Recarmend program
for water shortages
ACTIVITIES
4.1.1 Determine capabili-
ties of each major
water system to
sustain intensive
one-year and multi-
year droughts
4.1.2 Coordinate with 201
Facility Planning
and 208 water quality
planning for hydrau-
lic testing of exist-
ing water systems
interconnections
4.2.1 Analyze ability of
water systems to
back up others on
emergency and long
term basis
.3.1 Gather data and
information on pro-
blems of small water
purveyors
i
1 LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
t~^~— — "i^^«— ^MM^M»I
ODEP, DWR:
1) Water Supply
Planning
NJDEP, DWR:
1) Water Supply
Planning
2) Bureau of
Potable Water
TIMING
1980-
1982
1981
^••••••••••••a
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
ye A DC
•••••••••••
.9
i
,
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
1
Figure 2-15 Strategies for Purveyor Deficits/Fragmsntation of Water Supply Network
-------
STRATEGIES
5.0 FRAGMENTATION OF WATER
SUPPLY NETWORK —
REGULATORY PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
•
ACTIVITIES
1.3.2 Establish procedures
for adoption by the
Water Policy and
Supply Council of
water supply plans
of regional and other
purveyors
5.1 Request WP&SC to
order intercon-
nections in emergencie
j.2 Request legislature,
BPU & DCA to aid
implementation of
small water purveyor
recommendations
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
sIJDEP, EWR:
L) Water Supply
Planning
ODEP, EWR:
L) State Water
3 Supply Master
Planning
TIMING
1981-
1982
as
needed
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
•
MAN-
VEARS
.9
.3
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-15 Strategies for Purveyor Deficits/Fragmentation of Water Supply Network
-------
2.6 TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL
One of the major goals of NJDEP and USEPA is to protect the public and the
environment from exposure to toxic and hazardous substances. The toxic
substances area is one which involves traditional media programs including
water supply, waste disposal, and other. In pursuing this goal, NJDEP
and EPA place primary emphasis on integration and coordination of these
ongoing programs that address toxic substances control. This will allow
both agencies to focus their sources more efficiently on this important
field.
There are six major areas of need in an integrated toxics control program:
inventory development, monitoring, regulatory program development,
emergency response, enforcement and public participation. With respect
to inventory development, effective organization and vise of data are
essential prerequisites to a scientifically-based toxics control program.
Therefore, NJDEP and USEPA Region II must work together to streamline
the information gathering and data handling efforts.
Regarding the monitoring of toxic substances, NJDEP and USEPA Region II
must enhance the coordination of all toxics-related monitoring activities
at the state and federal levels.
On the issue of regulatory program development, comprehensive abatement
and control strategies for several program areas are necessary, including
industrial and municipal toxic effluents, groundwater contamination,
hazardous waste disposal and non-point sources.
NJDEP, with technical and funding assistance from USEPA Region II, must enhance
its emergency response capabilities and develop a comprehensive spill prevention
program.
Finally, NJDEP and USEPA Region II must jointly develop and implement a
comprehensive public participation program for toxic substances, It should
provide for effective education and information dissemination, active
participation in program planning and priority settings, and direct involvement
in the regulatory process.
The above program needs will be met through the following strategies:
(a) INVENTORY DEVELOPMENT:
- NJDEP will conduct a state-wide industrial chemical survey to determine
the magnitude and extent of toxic chemicals discharged into the environment.
- NJDEP and USEPA Region II will streamline information reporting
requirements so that needed data is obtained while the burden on
industry is minimized.
172
-------
- NJDEP, with assistance fron USBPA Region II, will establish an
integrated data base to enable rapid evaluation of environmental,
health, and source-related information.
(b) MCSSHTORING OF TOXIC SUBSTANCES:
• - NJDEP and USEPA Region II will coordinate present monitoring programs
to assure that the many ongoing and future monitoring activities will
provide comprehensive coverage. A work group, headed by the Surveillance
and Analysis Division of USEPA Region II, will be formed to design and
coordinate monitoring activities (i.e., identifying goals, setting
priorities, defining the actual monitoring program, and establishing
responsibilities.
- USEPA Rsgion II recognizes the need for enhanced toxic substances
analytical capability by the State and will provide for the
development within NJDEP of adequate laboratory capabilities and
facilities for analysis of toxic substances.
- NJDEP will participate in USEPA1 s mandatory quality assurance program
for all toxics-related monitoring and analytical activities.
(C) REGULATORY PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
i. Industrial Toxic Effluents
- NJDEP and USEPA Region II will implement a memorandum of agreement
for the delegation of the NPDES permit program to the State.
- NJDEP will apply best engineering judgment and conduct a compre-
hensive certification program on those toxic substances or industrial
categories for which final EPA effluent guidelines have yet to
be promulgated.
- NJDEP and USEPA Region II will evaluate the bioassay-based
monitoring requirements and short-term mutagenesis testing
procedures for use as regulatory tools.
ii. Municipal Toxic Effluents
- USEPA Region II will support NJDEP's use of funds authorized
under Section 201 of the Clean Water Act to develop applicable
industrial pretreatment regulations for the discharge of toxic
substances into Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTWs).
- NJDEP will investigate the domestic contribution of toxic substances
to POTWs as well as potential toxics formation in the treatment process.
iii. Groundwater Contamination
- NJDEP and USEPA Region II will form a work group to develop a
protocol for response to groundwater contamination incidents.
173
-------
- USEPA Region II and NJDEP will implement an expanded groundwater
management program. This program will be responsible for locating,
responding to, and preventing groundwater contamination.
- NJDEP and USEPA Ragion II will work to develop and impose effective
controls on sources that pose a threat to groundwaters. TJie program
will work towards adequate clean-up of existing problems as well as
adequate enforcement of existing regulatory programs.
- NJDEP, with advice and scientific assistance from USEPA Region II,
will implement effective Groundwater Standards, including a ground-
water nondegradation policy to provide protection of New Jersey's
groundwater resources.
iv. Hazardous Waste
- USEPA will promulgate the regulations identifying hazardous substances
and defining testing procedures, and the standards applicable to
owners and operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage, and
disposal facilities.
- NJDEP will iitplement, with the appropriate technical assistance from
USEPA Region II, an approved interim authorization plan for Subtitle C
of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. T5ie plan will provide
for program administration, enforcement actions, permitting activities
and the related "Manifest System."*
* Assuming the NJDEP will submit an application to USEPA Region II
for interim authorization, and that the application would be
approved.
- -NJDEP and USEPA Region II will coordinate their regulatory activities
with respect to landfills, including site approval, monitoring, and
control requirements.
- NJDEP and USEPA Region II will continue to identify and control discharges
from waste disposal lagoons.
- NJDEP and USEPA Region II will evaluate industrial chemical handling
procedures and develop and impose Best Management Practices, where
appropriate, to limit the discharge of toxic and hazardous substances.
- NJDEP, USEPA Region II, counties an designated areawide water quality
planning agencies will cooperate to identify abandoned waste disposal
sites, including old industrial sites, landfills, and chemical dumps.
NJDEP and USEPA Region II will develop mechanisms for taking appro-
priate action to protect public health and the environment where these
sources pose problems.
- NJDEP and USEPA Ragion II will work to protect potable water supplies
and other water resources through controls on the siting of industrial
and waste disposal facilities.
174
-------
- NJDEP and USEPA Region II will assess the impact of non-point
source-related toxic substance problems and develop and implement
effective controls to limit these problems. Specific focus
will be given to statewide pesticide usage and the use of
chlorinated organic compounds as septic tank degreasers or
industrial metal degreasing compounds.
The following units in DEP are responsible for the Hazard
Management Program:
Division of Emergency and Hazard Management;
The Office of Hazardous Substances Control was given increased
responsibility with the passage of the Lesniak amendment to the
New Jersey Spill Compensation and Control Act. This amendment
authorized the sum of $3 million toward mitigation of abandoned
hazardous waste dump sites. This along with the clean-up of
Chemical Control and an increase in the number or reported spills,
required an expansion of the staff and a major reorganization. The
major functions of the division are now placed in five bureaus:
Bureau of Emergency Response;
This bureau responds to release of petroleum and hazardous sub-
stances on a 24 hour a day basis. The response is designed to
reduce or eliminate environmental contamination or potential
environmental, public health and safety impacts, and to coordinate
activities with federal response.
Bureau of Abandoned Sites Management:
This bureau is charged with the successful remediation of abandoned
hazardous and toxic material dump sites.
Bureau of Technical Services:
Coordinate the medical review of all appropriate DEP personnel.
Establish a mobile laboratory and laboratory procedures. Integrate
a data processing system. Lend technical assistance to DEP and local
agencies during spill response and other chemical emergencies.
Bureau of Prevention and Planning
Insure that major facilities have an approved spill prevention and
response plan. Insure that plans are implemented at those facilities.
Update regulations to insure inclusion of all hazardous substances.
Coordinate EPA/DEP activities for the State concerning SPCC plans
under 40CFR112. Review permits issued by DEP when petroleum and
other hazardous substances are involved.
Bureau of Special Projects and Administrative Services;
This bureau is charged with the acceptable resolution of long term,
long ranging problems. Develop regulations concerning transportation
of hazardous materials. Track spill fund resources. Coordinate
enforcement of Hazard Management cases.
175
-------
(d) EMERGENCY RESPONSE and ACCIDENTAL SPHIS PROGRAM
The accidental discharge of toxic or hazardous substances continues
to be a major problem in the protection of the environment and public
health. NJDEP will continue to iitplement aggressive spill response and
prevention programs. These programs will be coordinated with those of
EPA in order to maximize effectiveness.
The ramifications of aggressive iiiplementation of the program are
reflected in the following strategies:
.NJDEP will develop and inclement a timely and comprehensive
procedure for the indentification of toxics in accidental
discharges.
.NJDEP will expand its spill prevention program to minimize
accidental discharges through implementation of a regulatory
program for technical review and permitting of all major
facilities handling toxic or hazardous substances. Designated
areawide water quality planning agencies nay be funded to
develop such a program contingent upon the specific, advance
approval of NJDEP and USEPA.
.NJDEP will develop regulatory authority, policies and procedures
for adequate prevention of accidental discharges from facilities
not covered under the Spill Compensation and Control Act.
.NJDEP and USEPA will notify each other rapidly in the event of
actual or potential major incidents. Major incidents shall be
considered to be:
a. Discharges involving a threat to human health
b. Discharges involving a moderate to high threat to waterfowl,
fish, shellfish, muskrat, and other aquatic or amphibious animals
c. Discharges threatening or involving damage to beaches during
the bathing season or otherwise affecting bathing
d. Discharges generating unusual public interest or press
coverage because of the hazards involved
e. Discharges which threaten public drinking water supply
wells or surface drinking water
\
f. Those which comply with the definition contained in the
National Contingency Plan. Reports of minor spills should
continue to be exchanged monthly or sooner if circumstances
warrant.
176
-------
.NJDEP will identify the authorized representative of the State who
"shall act on behalf of the public as trustee of the natural
resources to recover the costs of replacing or restoring natural
resources damaged by discharges in violation of Section 311 of the
Clean Water Act. NJDEP will also promulgate rules regarding
environmental damage assessment and replacement or restoration of
natural resources damaged as a consequence of a spill.
.NJDEP and USEPA will periodically and routinely exchange information
concerning which facilities are being inspected for spill prevention
purposes. Whenever appropriate, State and Federal inspections will
be coordinated to avoid duplication of work. NJDEP will annually
submit reccnnendations concerning facilities which should be
evaluated by high resolution aerial photography for status of
compliance with spill prevention requirements.
.USEPA will seek to reactivate its automated data processing system
'for spill prevention compliance status so that NJDEP can be ad-
vised of facility status.
The implementation of a coordinated NJDEP/USEPA program on accidental
discharges of toxic or hazardous substances will minimize the occurrence
of such discharges, ensure the rapid cleanup and removal of discharged
toxics, and decrease the quantities of toxics released into the environ-
ment. These programs will provide improved protection for the environment
and the public health of the citizens of New Jersey.
(e) Enforcement:
NJDEP will establish a multi-media enforcement priority committee
to coordinate all activities contributing to toxics-related enforcement
actions. Decisions on enforcement priorities will be made jointly
with EPA.
Figure 2-16 presents the strategies for the Toxic Substance Control Program,
and the associated activities, organizational responsibilities, timing,
outputs, man-years and sources of funds.
177
-------
STRATEGIES
1.0 TOXIC SUBSTANCES DATA
ACQUISITION INVENTORY
DEVELOPMENT
1.1 Ensure that indust
rial reporting
requirements pro-
vide useful infor-
mation wihtout
imposing undue
burdens On industr
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Coordinate reporting
requirements
1.1.2 Conduct TSP Indust-
rial survey
1.1.3 Conduct Indirect
Discharge survey
1.1.4 Conduct Industrial
Waste survey
1.1.5 Develop sludge
Quality Assurance
Program
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP:
1) OCTSR (L)
2) DWR, WOM
3) Solid Waste
Administration
(L)
1) NJDEP, OCTSR
2) NJDEP, DWR, WQjVl
(S)
NJDEP, DWR, WQM
1) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
(L)
2) USEPA-Region
II (S)
3) DPBC
NJDEP, DWR,
WQM (L)
TIMING
ongoing
ongoing
1980
1980
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Toxic Substances Control
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
-»— — ^«.«.
10,000
industries
to be sur-
veyed-200
chemicals
Develop-
ment of
regulation
Completed
Regulations
MAN-
VEARS
USEPA
Regioi
II
.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State appro-
priations
USEPA, R & D
Grant
State Appro-
priation
205g
-------
H
u:
. STRATEGIES
1.2 linprove data
organization
ACTIVITIES
1.1.6 Develop Hazardous
Waste Manifest
1.1.7 Spill reporting
1.2.1 Computerized data
base, e.g. for toxic
substances and in-
dustrial pretreatment
and sludge data
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, Solid
Waste Adminis-
tration (L)
2) USEPA-Region
11 (S)
NJDEP, Hazard
Management
1) NJDEP, OCTSR
(L)
2) NJDEP, DWR, WQM
3) Statewide Water
Supply Master
Plan (L)
4) NJDEP, All DWR
elements (S)
5) NJDEP, Solid
Waste Aministra-
tion (S)
6) NJDEP, Bureau of
Planning and
Automated System
(S)
7) NJDEP, Division
of Fish, Gane
and Wildlife
8) USEPA - Region
11 (S)
TIMING
on
going
on-
going
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
USEPA
Region
11 •
.2
USEPA
Region
11
.1
USEPA
Region
11
.1
SOURCES OF
State Appro-
priation
RCRA
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Toxic Substances Control
-------
00
o
STRATEGIES
2.0 TOXIC SUBSTANCES
MONITORING
2.1 Coordinate toxics
monitoring programs
with other monitor-
ing activities.
2.2 Evaluate the ade-
quacy of present
laboratory facil-
ities and. make
plans for future
needs
2.3 Ensure quality
assurance in
sample collection
and analysis
3.0 TOXIC SUBSTANCES
REGULATORY/PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
3.1 Develop and inte-
grated approach
using technology-
based, water qual-
ity-based and
effluent-based
limitations
ACTIVITIES
See "Monitoring Integra-
tion," Toxic Monitoring
3.1.1.1 BAT effluent
standards
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) USEPA-Washinqton
(L)
2) NJDEP, DWR,
Enforcement (S)
3) NJDEP, DWR,
WCM (L)
TIMING
1980
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
65 priority
pollutants,
21 Indust-
rial cate-
gories
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Toxic Substances Control
-------
. STRATEGIES
3.1.1
Technology-based
limitations
ACTIVITIES
3.1.1.2 Expand expertise
in the engineering
control of toxic
effluents
3.1.1.3 Review N.J. indust-
ries to determine
those not covered
by EPA categories
3.1.1.4 Develop technology
control measures
for industries of
Particular concern
3.1.1.5 Identify chemicals
of concern not cov-
ered by EPA regu-
lations
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, Enforce-
ment (L)
1) NJDEP, DWR,
WQM (L)
2) NJDEP, OCTSR
(S)
3) Enforcement (S)
4) USEPA-Region
11 (L)
1) NJDEP, DWR,
WCM (L)
2) USEPA-Region
11 (L) ^
1) NJDEP, OCTSR
2) NJDEP, DWR, WCM
3) NJDEP, DWR,
4) USEPA-Region
11 (S)
TIMING
1980
1981
1980
1981
1980
1981
1980
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
Y-EARS
.
USEPA-
Region
11
.3
USEPA
Region
11
.5
USEPA
Regioi
11
.3
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Toxic Substances Control
-------
00
10
STRATEGIES
3.1.2 Water quality
based limitations
•
ACTIVITIES
3.1.1.6 Consider technology
and/or water
quality based con-
trols for addition-
al chemicals
3.1.2.1 Develop water
quality criteria
3.1.2.2 Review and adopt
criteria
3.1.2.3 Review data on
toxic substances
found in NJ waters
and adopt addi-
tional standards
that are necessary
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP:
1) DWR, WQM (L)
2) DWR, M3nitoring
and Planning (S)
3) OCTSR
(S)
USEPA-Washington
DC
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring and
Planning (L)
2) NJDEP, OCTSR
(S)
3) NJDEP, DWR,
WQW (S)
4) USEPA Region
11 (S)
5) DRBC
TIMING
1980
1981
1980
1980
i
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
.
USEPA
Region
11
.05
USEPA
Region
11
.05
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Topic Substances Control
-------
30
LO
STRATEGIES
3.1.3 Bioassay based
standards
•
ACTIVITIES
3.1.2.4 Use intensive
stream studies and
wasteload aloca-
tions to identify
cases where water
quality based
standards would be
useful
3.1.3.1 Evaluate fish
bioassays as a
general regulatory
tool to be be used
by DWR
3.1.3.2 Use fish bioassays
on a limited basis
in specific en-
forcement actions
3.1.3.3 Expand use of short
-term mutagenic
assays as a regu-
latory tool
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring and
Planning" (L)
2) NJDEP,
(S)
3) NJDEP, DWR,
Enforcement (S)
4) USEPA Region
11 (S)
TIMING
1980
1981
1980
1981
on-
going
1979
1983
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
%
USEPA
Region
11
.05
SOURCES OF
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Toxic Substances Control
-------
I—1
CO
. STRATEGIES
3.2 Develop an approach
to effluent contra
tailored to New
Jersey's needs;
allocating resource
to the most press-
ing problems
3.3 Control discharge
of industrial ef-
fluents in POTWs
3.4 Obtain CWA, Sec.
201 funds for
evaluating toxics
problems
3.5 Investigate toxics
due to wastewater
chlorination and
household dis-
charges
ACTIVITIES
3.2.1 Develop a list of
high priority
facilities
3.2.2 Identify chemical
s that the State
should focus on, and
develop best control
approaches for
problems
SEE "INDUSTRIAL PRE-
TREATMENT"
3.4.1 EPA will invest-
igate the use of
201 funds for toxics
problems
TO BE DEVELOPED
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Enforcement (L)
2) USEPA-Region
11 (L)
3) NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring and
Planning (S)
4) OCTSR (S)
USEPA-Region
(L)
1) USEPA - Region
11 (L)
NJDEP:
2) Monitoring and
Planning (L)
3) OCTSR (L)
TIMING
1979
1980
1980
1981
1982
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
• ,
MAN-
VEARS
USEPA
Region
11 .2
USEPA
Region
11
.3
USEPA
Recrior
11 .5
USEPA
Regior
11
.1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
201
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Tpjcic Substances Control
-------
. STRATEGIES
3.6 Develop a compre-
hensive program to
deal with toxic
contamination of
groundwater
ACTIVITIES
3.6.1 Working group on
groundwater contam-
ination
3.6.2 Investigate mechan-
isms for funding
groundwater program
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP
1) OCTSR
(L)
2) DWR, WQM(L)
M & P (S)
3) DWR, Bureau of
Potable Water
(S)
4) DWR, Enforcement
(S)
5)
6) State Health
Dept. (S)
7) NJDEP, Solid
Waste Admini-
stration (S)
8) USEPA-Pegion
II (S)
9) DRBC
USEPA - Region
II (L)
TIMING
1980
1981
1980
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
NJPDES
Regulation.
and Ground
Water Qual
ity Stand-
ards
MAN-
VEARS
MMMMBBHM
USEPA
Region
II
.2
USEPA
Regior
II
.3
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State
Appropria-
ations
RCRA
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Toxic Substances Control
-------
00
. STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
3.6.3 "Action" levels for
groundwater contam-
inants
3.6.4 Implementation of
water quality stan-
ards for toxic
contattiinants in
groundwater
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, OCTSR
(L)
2) NJ Department of
Health (S)
3) USEPA-Region
II (S)
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring and
Planning (L)
2) NJDEP, OCTSR
(S)
3) USEPA Region (S)
TIMING
1980
1980
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
USEPA
Region
II
.5
USEPA
Regioi
II
.1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Toxic Substances Control
-------
STRATEGIES
•
ACTIVITIES
3.6.5 Effluent limita-
tions for activities
which directly con-
taminate groundwater
3.6.6 List sources likely
to result in ground-
water contamination
and collect and
analyze well samples
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR,
W2W (L)
2) NJDEP, DWR,
Enforcement
3) NJDEP, DWR (S)
M&P
4) USEPA - Region
II (S)
5) DRBC
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring and
Planning (L)
2) NJDEP, OCTSR
(S)
3) NJDEP, DWR,
Enforcenent (S)
4) NJDEP, Solid
Waste Admini-
stration (S)
5) USEPA - Region
II (S)
TIMING
1980-
1981
\
1980
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
USEPA
Regior
II
.4
USEPA
Regior
II
.45
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
RCRA
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Toxic Substances Control
-------
00
CO
. STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
3.6.7 Draft regulations
for industrial site
good management
practices
3.6.8 Control siting of
industrial facili-
ties to protect
potable water
supplies
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1} NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of Pot-
able Water (L)
2) NJDEP, Hazard
Management (S)
3) USEPA - Region
II (S)
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of Pot-
able Water (L)
2) NJDEP, DWR, (L)
3) NJDEP, DWR,
Monitoring and
Planning
4) NJDEP, OCTSR
(S)
5) USEPA - Region
II (S)
TIMING
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
USEPA
Region
II
.3
USEPA
Region
II
.4
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State
Appropria-
tion
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Toxic Substances Control
-------
CO
vo
STRATEGIES
3.7 Develop a. compre-
hensive management
control program
for hazardous
siobs tance.
ACTIVITIES
3.6.9 Pits, ponds and
lagoons survey
3.6.10 New landfills
approval
3.7.1 Establish environ-
mental investigation
unit to identify
toxic substances
field problems
3.7.2 Survey of abandoned
landfills
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, Solid
Waste Adminis-
tration (L)
2) NJDEP, DWR,
WO* (S)
3) USEPA-Region II
(S.)
1) NJDEP, OCTSR
2) NJDEP, all
relevant units
(S.)
3) USEPA-Region II
(S.)
1) NJDEP, Hazard
Management
(1.)
2) NJDEP, Solid
Waste Adminis-
tration (1.)
3) NJDEP, DWR
WO* (S)
TIMING
1980-
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Inventory
Detailed
Studies
MAN-
VEARS
USEPA
Region
H .1
USEPA
Region
II .1
USEPA
Region
II
1.0
SOURCES OF
State
appropria-
tions RCRA,
SDWA
State
appropria-
tions
State
appropria-
tions RCRA,
TSCA
Fiuge 2-16 Strategies for Toxic Substance Control
-------
. STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
3.7.3 Review other old
industrial sites and
chemical dumps.
3.7.4 USEPA will prctnulgatfi
the regulations under
sections 3.001 and
sections 3.004 of
RCRA.
3.7.5 NJDEP will implement
and interim authori-
zation plan under
section C of RCRA.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
4) USEPA-Region
II (S)
1) USPEA) Region
II NJEEP:
2) Hazard Manage-
ment
3) Solid Waste
Administration
4) EWR, Enforcement
5) EWR, DWQ
TIMING
1980
1980-
1983
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
•••••••••••MB
MAN-
YEARS
mmmmmfmm
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Toxic Substance Control
-------
vc
l-"
. STRATEGIES
3.8 Assess the presence
of toxics in non-
point sources of
pollution and
formulate the
appropriate contra
strategies.
4.0 TOXIC SUBSTANCES-PUBLIC
PARTICIPATION
ACTIVITIES
3.8.1 Emphasize the assess-
ment of non-point
sources of toxics in
developing water
quality plans.
3.8.2 Review data on con-
tamination of ground-
water by chlorinated
organic compounds
used as septic tank
degreasers.
4.1.1 Toxic substances
public participation
pilot project
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, DWR Mon-
itoring Planning
(1)
2) 208 Agencies
3) NJDEP, OCTSR
(S)
4) N.J. Soil Con-
servation Ser-
vice (S)
5) USEPA-Region
II (S)
6) DRBC
1) NJDEP, DWR Mon-
itoring Planning
(L)
2) NJDEP, OCTSR
(L)
3) USEPA Region
II (L)
1) NJDEP DWR, of-
fice of Areawide
planning (L)
TIMING
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
USEPA
Region
.2
USEPA
Region
.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Toxic Substance Control
-------
ro
. STRATEGIES
4.1 Develop a public
participation pro-
gram to inform and
educate citizens
and provide a f oru
for obtaining pub-
lic input to pro-
gram planning,
priority setting
and regulatory
process. '
ACTIVITIES
4.1.2 208 Agencies
i
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
Cant.
2) NJT3EP, OCTSR
(L)
3) USEPA Region
II (L)
TIMING
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
YEARS
•
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-16 Strategies for Toxic Substance Control
-------
2.7 Non-Point Sources
2.7.1 Stormwater Runoff Urban/Suburban Areas
Traditionally, pollution problems have been considered as a result of point
source discharges from municipal and industrial wastewater plants. In urban
and suburban areas the pollutant loadings from stormwater runoff can be just
as significant as point source discharges. Progress is being made toward
better management of municipal and industrial wastes; however, unless the
volume and quality of stormwater is also better managed, complete restoration
of waterways in developed areas may be impossible.
Stormwater problems of existing urban and suburban areas should be distin-
guished from the pollution problems associated with construction, mining,
and farming. The latter activities tend to involve land disturbance which
leads to problems associated with erosion. By contrast the urban/suburban
stormwater issues concern permanent alterations of natural drainage condi-
tions, in which volumes of stormwater are increased by the presence of
impermeable surfaces (e.g., roads, roofs, and parking lots). Pollution
results because of storm runoff picks up substances on the surface of the
roads (e.g., illegal pollution discharges to drainage systems). The storm-
water management problem is particularly problematic in areas where the
sewer system is combined, i.e., where human wastes and stormwater are
disposed through the same pipelines. In these systems, major storms often
results in the discharge of raw sewage into receiving waters.
Stormwater control measures, especially in built-up areas, are marginal
or unknown.
However, where technically possible, control of stormwater quality in
existing development, because it means alternation of existing drainage
systems, tends to be much more expensive than in new development, where
sound management techniques can be more easily applied as the drainage
systems are designed and constructed. A preventive approach to management
of water quality effects of stormwater is less expensive than a remedial
approach. In areas where development is expected to occur, application of
stormwater management techniques can prevent future water quality degradation.
Traditionally, stormwater management has been viewed solely in terms of
drainage and flood control. Today, however, water quality and supply
(e.g., aquifer recharge) are beginning to be recognized as important
considerations in drainage decisions. Many agencies hold responsibilities
for aspects of stormwater; however, their roles in the framework of a
comprehensive stormwater management program, one that considers the full
range of water resource implications, needs to be clarified. Separate
programs will be undertaken to deal with the problems of new, existing,
and combined stormwater systems.
193
-------
To deal with these problems effectively, the following strategies
will be pursued:
(a) For new systems:
. The Delaware Valley Regional Planning Commission (DVRPC), responsible
for WQM planning for the Tri-County study area (Burlington, Camden,
Gloucester) has undertaken basic investigations. The agency has
developed a stormwater management manual, in cooperation with the
NJDEP and other agencies, which examines the relationship between
stormwater control techniques and water quality. Conventional
drainage techniques will be compared with other techniques, such as
stormwater detention/retention (e.g., vegetative areas or holding
ponds). Factors such as cost, safety, aesthetics, and effectiveness
for reducing pollution will be considered.
. A group of technical advisors, composed of county and local officials
and other technical experts from around the State, has assisted DVRPC
in preparing the manual.
. Based on the findings of DVRPC, a model stormwater management
program will be developed by NJDEP for recommended adoption by
counties in the State. This program will continue to be refined in
the future by appropriate agencies.
. NJDEP will review the model program in order to elevate the need
for changes in the NJDEP Flood Control and Stream Encroachment
Permit Programs.
. NJDEP will undertake three major projects as part of its FY-80
program to develop an effective management program for mitigating
stormwater runoff. These projects will deal with: bacterial con-
tamination of estuaries; stormwater toxic control; and regional
detention basins.
(b) For existing systems:
. Based on the findings of the WQM plans, NJDEP and WQM agencies
will do intensive studies to determine the extent of the problems.
. NJDEP will develop a model program of county and local surveillance
for illegal discharges into stormwater systems, based upon the
New Jersey Environmental Health Services Act.
. The USEPA, through the ccompletion of various National Urban Runoff
Program studies will "transfer" critical cause-effect and BMP
effectiveness data to DVRPC & NJDEP when available.
(c) For combined sewers:
. See Municipal Waste - Combined Sewer Overflow strategy
194
-------
Regulatory controls for new and existing stormwater systems will
continue to rest primarily at the county and local level. The incor-
poration of water quality and supply factors into the decision making
process should result in better management of the State's water resources.
Additionally, NJDEP will pursue the inclusion of water quality consider-
ations into drainage system rehabilitation projects funded by Federal
sources through the development of appropriate agreements.
The primary emphasis will be on prevention of future flooding and water
quality problems in developing areas, although opportunities for
long-term progress on water quality restoration will occur as rehabil-
iation of existing systems is undertaken.
It should be noted that consideration of water quality in drainage
decisions does not necessarily entail additional capital investments.
The most effective measures for controlling stormwater pollution may in
some cases prove to be less costly than conventional drainage measures,
because they may involve lower capital investments.
This strategy will be reviewed and revised during the upcoming year to
reflect changing priorities in National and State Non-point strategy.
Some of the issues that will be considered 'are soil erosion and sediment
contol, mine sediment, hydrologic modification, silvicultural sediment,
and vessel wastes disposal.
Figure 2-17 presents the strategies and the associated activities,
organizational responsibilities, timing, outputs, man-years and sources
of funds for urban/suburban stormwater runoff control.
195
-------
STRATEGIES
1.0 URBAN STORMWATER RUNOFF-
DATA ACQUISITION
1.1 New Systems:
Develop statewide
program for new
stormwater runoff
systems which will
determine need for
data collection to
establish iinpacts
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 DEP selecting of
land agency (s) to
develop work plan
and determine water
quality impacts
1.1.2 Conduct literature
search to establish
background for watei
quality control
requirements
1.1.3 Determine additional
data needs
1.1.4 Carry out required
monitoring (chernica
/physical/biologi-
cal) Utilize result!
from NURP where
available.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
Delaware Valley
Regional Planning
Commission
1) Delaware Valley
Regional Plannin
Commission (L)
2) NJDEP, DWR,
Office of
Planning and
Standards (S)
3) USEPA, Region in
(S)
1) NJDEP (L)
2) DVRPC (S)
3) USDA-Soil Con-
servation
Service
4) NJDA-Soil Con-
servation
Committee
TIMING
Cbmpletec
j
Completec
1980-
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Memo from
DEP
Identifi-
cation of
relevant
data from
pertinent
literaturt
Additiona
data needs
determinec
Report on
effective
ness of
detention
basins an<
other BMP
MAN-
YEARS
N/A
• .
.1EPA
s
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
N/A
CWA, Sec.
208
State appro-
priation
local funds
106
Figure 2-17 Strategies for Urban/Suburban Stormwater Runoff
-------
STRATEGIES
1.2 New Systems:
Develop statewide
program for new
stormwater systems
which will be used
to determine con-
trols that are
generally effective
for mitigating im-
pacts of new systen
and develop manual
on stormwater
management for stal
and local officials
ACTIVITIES I LEAD/SUPPORT
I AGENCIES
1
1.2.1 Select lead agency 1 Delaware Va,lley
to determine BMP's | Regional Planning
statewide and write
work plan
1.2.2 Document from lite-
rature which techni-
ques are most effec-
tive under varying
3, conditions (specify
design, effective-
ness, applicability
e generalized cost) .
Utilize results fra
NURP program where
applicable. Assem-
ble handbooks.
1.2.3 Establish working
group of county
engineers to have
input into selectioi
of statewide BMP's
for urban/suburban
stormwater
Conmission
1) Delaware Valley
Regional Plannin
Commission (L)
2) NJDEP, DWR, Offi
of Planning &
Standards (S)
3) USEPA(S)
\
1) Delaware Valley
Regional Plannir
Commission (L)
2) County Engineers
(S)
1
TIMING
Complete
s April
1980
3
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
1 Memo from
DEP
Handbook
Stormwatei
Controls
Manual
Working
Group Mem-
bership
MAN-
VEARS
.1EPA
.
i
SOURCES OFJ
FUNDS
•j
CWA, Sec. 20
Figure 2-17 Strategies for Urban/Suburban Stormwater Runoff
-------
. STRATEGIES
1.3 New Systems:
Develop Statewide
procedures and pro
gram for new storm-
water systems whicl:
may be used to
determine relation-
ship between con-
: trols to mitigate
water quality
impact (detention
basins, etc.) and
achievement of
other water quality
goals.
ACTIVITIES
1.3.1 NJDEP agency to
determine relation-
ship
1.3.2 Conduct literature
search
1.3.3 Acquire additional
needed data
1.3.4 Develop guidelines
for flood control/
stormwater projects
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) Monitoring &
Planning
NJDEP (L) (Involve-
ment, of NJDEP,
Bureau of Flood
Plain Management
will be essential)
2) County agencies
TIMING
1981
1981-
1982
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Memo to
concerned
agencies
Report
Guidelines
MAN-
VEARS
•••••••H
•N.A.'
.8
1.2
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Sec. 208
CWA, Sec.
208 (FY80)
CWA, Sec.
208 (FY80)
Figure 2-17 Strategies for Urban/S*burban Stormwater Runoff
-------
STRATEGIES
1.4 Existing Systems:
Based on results
of initial WQM
planning determine
where stormwater
is a significant
problem and select
segment for inten-
sive study.
1.5 Existing Systems:
In priority water-
sheds impacted by
stormwater, develoi
remedial controls:
Navesink River;
Trout Protection
and Maintenance
Streams.
ACTIVITIES
1.4 1 Water quality
management planning
agencies determine
needs for intensive
surveys to establisl
nature/extent of
existing stormwater
problems.
1.5.1 In chosen areas
develop detailed
feasibility study
of cleaning of
existing stormwater
related water quali
problems
1.5.2 Implement control
projects
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, EWR, Office
of Planning &
Standards and
designated WQM
agencies, DKBC.
1) NJDEP (L)
2) WQM Agencies (S)
3) local Agencies
y
X
County and local
agencies
TIMING
Completec
1981
1981-
1984
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Needs
determina-
tion for
intensive
surveys
Project
feasibility
studies
Controls ii
place
MAN-
VEARS
1
•
SOURCES OF
CWA, Sec.
208 and 106
(FY-78-79)
CWA, Sec.
208 and 106
State budget
local budget
Figure 2-17 Strategies for Urban/Suburban Stormwater Runoff
-------
N
0
STRATEGIES
1.6 Existing Systems:
Establish sur-
veillance to detect
illegal discharges
(point or nonpoint)
through storrawater
systems: D&R Canal
1.7 Combined sewer
overflow (CSO) :
determine where
CSO is a major
problem
See Municipal
Waste-Combined
Sewer Overflows
ACTIVITIES
1.6.1 Select agency to
set up model pro-
gram for local/
county government
to conduct stream
surveillance
1.6.2 Establish DEP
enforcement strategy
/priorities with
respect to illegal
discharges
1.6.3 Establish local
enforcement stra-
tegy/priorities
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) Mercer County
2) NJDEP, Office
of Planning &
Standards
NJDEP, Office of
Monitoring, Sur-
veillance & Enforce
ment Mercer County
1) County/local
boards of health
2) NJDEP, Office of
Planning &
Standards
TIMING
July
1980
1980-
1981
1981-
1982
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Model pro-
gram agree-
ment with
NJDEP
Enforcement
strategy
local
Enforcement
MAN-
YEARS
.5
.5
2-3 MY
per
county
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
208 and 205
(g) (FY80)
CWA, Sec.
208, Sec.
106 and 205
(g) (EY80)
CWA, Sec.
208 (F1T81)
Figure 2-17 Strategies for Urban/Suburban Stormwater Runoff
-------
STRATEGIES
1.8 CSO: Develop
remedial control
on a priority
basis
See Municipal
Waste-Combined
Sewer Overflows
2.0 REGULATORY/PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
2.1 New Systems (water
quality): Establish
legal basis for
requiring water
quality controls ir
new drainage
systems.
ACTIVITIES
2.1.1
2.1.2
ES
•^•••••••••••B
ad agency
p regula-
ram and
k program.
county/
hority to
Dntrols
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
Delaware Valley
Regional Planning
Commission DRBC
V
1) NJDEP, DWR (L)
2) Delaware Valley
Regional
Planning
Commission (S)
TIMING
1980
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Completed
Documenta-
tion of
authority
MAN-
VEARS
.1EPA
SOURCES O
FUNDS
— ^—— ^— — «.«
CWA, Sec.
208
Figure 2-17 Strategies for Urban/Suburban Stormwater Runoff
-------
N
Is
. STRATEGIES
2.2 New Systems (water
quality) : Deter-
mine legal rela-
tionship between
water quality and
flood-related
requirements and
develop integrated
regulatory approach
ACTIVITIES
2.1.3 If necessary,
recommend legisla-
tive changes
2.1.4 Examine existing
local requirements
to determine how to
integrate additiona,
controls
2.2.1 Upon completion of
recommendations for
legal changes to
institute water
quality controls in
drainage require-
ments/ determine
changes needed in
flood control
requirements .
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
Designated agencies
and NJDEP, DWR,
Office of Planning
and Standards
NJDEP
TIMING
ongoing
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Proposed
changes
Reconmendec
changes tc
local con-
trol
Legislative
recoransndct-
dations
MAN-
YEARS
•
.5-1
per
county
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
208 (FY81)
CWA, Sec.
208 (FY80)
Figure 2-17 Strategies for Urban/Sjuburban Stormwater Runoff
-------
NJ
f^
s
STRATEGIES
2.3 Existing Systems:
Develop programs
to encourage water
quality based con-
trols in regional
stormwater systems
2.4 Existing System:
On a selective
basis, develop
total drainage
plans for water-
sheds using special
federal grant
assistance
ACTIVITIES
2.3.1 Select agency to
develop program
2.3.2 Develop program
incorporating
quality controls
2.4.1 NJDEP/Federal
agency prioritize
watersheds for inte-
grated drainage
planning.
2.4.2 Develop integrated
watershed plans
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP
2) Somerset County
1) NJDEP
2) Somerset County
1) NJDEP (L)
2) USEPA (S)
3) US HUD (S)
4) Army Corps of
Engineers (S)
5) SCS (S) x
6) DRBC (S)
Counties
TIMING
1981
1981
1981-
1984
1981-
1984
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Handbook
for county
engineers
Memoranda
of agree-
ment
Prioriti-
zation of
watersheds
Watershed
Plans
MAN-
VEARS
2-3
• .
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
208 and 205
(g) I Y-80,
FY-81
Flood Contro
Bond
Figure 2-17 Strategies for Urban/Suburban Stormwater Runoff
-------
N
STRATEGIES
3.0 PERMITTING/ENFORCEMENT
3.1 New Systems:
.. Based on results
of legal/institu-
tional research
and definition of
program, establish
permit/enforcement
needs
3.2 Existing systems
and combined sewer
overflows: Deter-
mine State/local
enforcement
strategy
ACTIVITIES
3.1.1 Depends on other
tasks not yet
completed
3.2.1 Define NJDEP, level
of effort/capabili-
ties to carry out
enforcement for
illegal discharges
to storm systems
3.2.2 Define County role
in enforcement
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP
NJDEP, Office of
Monitoring, Sur-
veillance and
Enforcement
1) WQM agencies
(L)
2) County Boards
Health (S)
TIMING
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Permit/
Enforce-
ment needs
established
Staffing
proposal
MAN-
VEARS
1 EPA
2 MM
1 MM
per
county
SOURCES OF
CWA, Sec.
208 (FY81)
CWA, Sec.
106 and 208
(FY81)
County budge
Figure 2-17 Strategies for Urban/Stiburban Stonnwater Runoff
-------
N)
O
Cn
STRATEGIES
4.0 GRANTS ADMINISTRATION
4.1 New Systems: No
grants except for
planning and pro-
gram development
4.2 Existing Systems:
Determine funding
sources
•
ACTIVITIES
3.2.3 Based on 3.2.1 and
3.3.2 increase
enforcement
personnel
4.2.1 Investigate avail-
ability of special
federal funds for
drainage to rehabi-
litate and channel
available resources
to project with
water quality
orientation
4.2.2 Carry out watershed
projects
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) USEPA (L)
2) USHUD (S)
3) Army Corps of
Engineers (S)
4) SCS (S)
County and local
agencies
TIMING
1982
1981
'
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
N.A.
Determina-
tion of
available
funds
Project
implementa-
tion
MAN-
Y-EARS
•
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Sec. 208
FY-81
CWA, Sec.
201
Figure 2-17 Strategies for Urban/Suburban Stormwater Runoff
-------
STRATEGIES
4.3 Combined sewer
overflows based
on selective
feasibility
studies, develop
specific proposals
to abate most
significant
problems.
(See Municipal
Waste-Combined
Sewer Overflows) .
ACTIVITIES
4.3.1 Develop engineering
proposals to fund
clean-up projects
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
local jurisdictions
TIMING
1981-
1984
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Project
implementa-
tion
MAN-
VEARS
,
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
201
Figure 2-17 Strategies for Urban/Suburban Stormwater Eunoff
-------
2.7.2 Agricultural Runoff Control Program
The objectives of the agricultrual runoff control program are to
develop policies and procedures and re-direct programs to reduce
adverse water quality impacts. Data acquisition, problem
assessment, regulatory program development, permitting and
enforcement, grants administration, and program evaluation
strategies have been developed to meet the objectives for these
issues which crosscut agencies at all levels of government.
These strategies, and their corresponding activities, will be
implemented over the next several years by the NJDEP Division of
Water Resources, USEPA Region II, New Jersey Soil Conservation
Committee and various other State and local planning bodies.
The strategies developed by NJDEP and USEPA Region II have been
structured to resolve the needs associated with the development of
an effective program of agricultural runoff management. These
needs include:
- a data collection effort focused on identification and
classification of major problem areas and impacted stream
segments, sources/pathways of agriculture-related toxics in
surface and groundwaters.
- determination of pollutant level reductions needed to meet
water quality goals, including point and nonpoint source
contributions.
- an evaluation of current pesticide management and handling
practices and their impacts on surface and groundwater
quality.
- the development of a coordinated statewide strategy with
the Rural Clean Water Coordinating Committee to obtain
Rural Clean Water Fund grants to support BMP implementation.
- development of adequate resources for implementing voluntary
Soil Conservation District Agricultural Runoff Programs.
- development of a nonpoint source progress reporting system
to adequately evaluate the benefits derived from program
implementation.
- development of a regulatory program to ensure implementation
to needed BMP's in those areas where a voluntary program
is not successful.
207
-------
The specific approaches to attaining the overall policy statement
expressed above are found in Figure 2-18. The strategies
described incorporate the policy elements described through a
chronological, phased process of data acquisition and program
implementation.
Also pressented are the associated activities, organizational
responsibilities, timing, outputs, man-years and sources of
funds.
208
-------
STRATEGIES
1.0 DATA ACQUISITION
1.1 Concentrate data
collection efforts
on most serious
problem areas
regarding impact
of agriculture and
related land uses.
8
CM
ACTIVITIES
-"——•——•— —i.^™,..
1.1.1 Results of initial
WGfi plans related
to agricultural
pollution will be
reviewed to deter-
mine extent of
knowledge of exist-
ing problems
and sources of data
to supplement
initial plans.
1.1.2 State Soil Conserva-
tion Committee and
relevant agencies
will work with WQM
agencies to set
pricricies for data
acquisition and
select areas for
future data collec-
tion.
1.1.3 Utilize best avail-
able techniques,
including predictive
loading models
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
TIMING
1
1) NJDEP, DWR |
Office of
Planning &
Standards (L)
2) State Soil
Conservation
Committee (S)
1) State Soil
Conservation
Committee (L)
2) USDA (S)
3) USEPA, Region II
(S)
4) 208 Agencies (S)
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Office of Plann-
ing & Standards
i
com-
pleted
com-
pleted
1981-82
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
•••••••••«•••
Supplement
to initial
report
Statewide
Plan
Plan of
report
study
3 Intensive
Surveys
MAN-
VEARS
mmmmamm^m
•
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
"
CWA, Section
106,
RCWP
Fig. 2-18 Strategies for Agricultural Runoff Control Program
-------
H
O
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
if in-stream data is
not available or in-
sufficient to deter-
mine cause-effect
relationship in
selected water sheds
to understand vater
quality impact of
rural runoff.
1.1.4 Statewide Erosion
Sediment and Animal
Waste (SESAW) survey
is under way.
a) The scope includes an
inventory of:
- Erosion frcm stream and
road banks, and con-
struction sites
- Best management practices
in place and their effect-
iveness
- Animal population, waste
loads, and in-place con-
trols' effectiveness
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
2). State Soil
Conservation
Cotmittee/
SCO's (S)
3) USE& (S)
41 USEPA, Region II
(S)
5) 208 Agencies (S)
1) State Soil
Conservation
Comiittee/
SCD's
2) USDA
TIMING
1981
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
Interim
and
Final Re-
ports
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
USDA
Figure 2-18 Strategies for Agricultural Runoff Control Program
-------
STRATEGIES
2.0 NFS CONTROL NEEDS
2.1 Pollutant reductioi
levels needed, by
category of parame-
to meet water
quality goals in
priority areas.
.
2.2 Identify controls
to meet pollutants
reduction levels.
ACTIVITIES
2.1.1 On a stream segment
basis, determine
pollutant level
reduction, by
parameter, i.e.,
nitrogen phosphorus,
pesticides, etc.
needed to eliminate
or mitigate the
observed water
quality problem.
J.I. 2 Analyses should
include NFS as well
as any point
sources discharging
identified para-
meters in the stream
segment.
>.2.1 Prepare list of
BMP's and their esti-
mated effectiveness
and situation for
use.
!.2.2 Cost/Benefit analysis
to determine appro-
priate range of
alternative control st
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP (L)
SSCC (S)
SCO'S (S)
Areawide 208
Agency (S)
NJDEP (L)
SSCC (S)
SCO's (S)
Areawide 208
Agency (S)
NJDEP (L)
SSCC (S)
SCO's (S)
Areawide 208
Agencies (S)
SSCC
SCO
rategies
TIMING
1983
1983
1983
1983 :
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Reports
teports
teports
leports
,
MAN-
VEARS
*
*
*
*
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-18 Strategies for Agricultural Runoff Control Program
*Too premature to estimate. Need SESAW study results.
-------
no
STRATEGIES
3.0 REJGUIATQRY/PROGFAM
DEVELOPMENT
3.1 Coordinate and
implement stra-
tegy between WQM
agencies to
address agricul-
ture and related
sources of pol-
lution.
ACTIVITIES
3.1.1 An agency has been
selected to review
initial WQM Plans
and recorrmend a
common strategy of
implementation of
BMP's (see policy
assumptions already
stated) .
3.1.2 All WQM agencies
will respond to
the strategy and
make appropriate
modifications to
these plans in-
cluding appropriate
management agency
designations.
3.1.3 After BMP's are
incorporated into
each WQM Plan, a
detailed implemen-
tation program will
be developed
and implemented by
the relevant manage-
ment agency. Nego-
tiate personnel
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) State Soil
Conservation
Committee/
SCO's
2) NJDEP, DWR,
Office of
Planning &
^ Standards (L)
1) NJDEP, EWR,
Office of
Planning &
Standards (L)
2) 2Q8 Agencies
(S)
*
1) Soil Conserve tioi
Districts (L)
2) State Soil
Conservation
Committee (S)
TIMING
com-
pleted
Ongoing
1983
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Supple-
ment to
initial
Statewide
Plans
Certifi-
cation con-
ditions
for agri-
cultural
Elements
addressed
Special
Report
,
MAN-
YEARS
•
.25
.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
106 Local
Budget
CWA, Section
208 Soil
Conservation
Conmittee 106
Figure 2-18 Strategies for Agricultural Runoff Control Program
-------
ro
H
U)
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
changes, funding
requirements and
sources and manage-
ment agencies willinc
ness to accept statec
responsibilities .
The program will set
targets for numbers
of landowners agree-
ments to adopt BMP's
Indicate staff to
obtain such agree-
ments, etc.
3.1.4 Coordinated pro-
posals for federal
assistance through
RCWP, ACP and P.L,
566 Program are
being developed
3.1.5 An education program
will be developed
to inform landowners
about need to imple-
ment BMP's in the
priority areas.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) State Rural
Water Coordi-
nating Committee
(L) -
2) Soil Conseryatio
Committee (S)
3) SCO's (S)
4) 208 Agencies (S)
1) Soil Conservation
Contnittee/SCD's
(L)
2) NJDEP (S)
TIMING
1979 &
cant.
1979 &
con't
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
3 or more
project
application
Public
participa-
tion prograi
MAN-
VEARS
.16
i
.08
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA Section
208 USDA
CWA, Section
208 Soil
Conservation
Committee
Figure 2-18 Strategies for Agricultural Runoff Control Program
-------
STRATEGIES
3.2 Develop coordinate
strategy to imple-
ment BMP's for
mining, quarrying
and construction
4.0 GRANTS ADMINISTRATION
4.1 Develop corrdinatec
statewide strategy
to obtain federal
grants to support
BMP implementation
ACTIVITIES
3.2.1 Review the enforce-
ment of existing
law related to soil
erosion control
from construction
activities
3.2.2 Vl&l agencies will
develop ccnrnon
recotmendations re-
garding new legis-
lation for surface
mining and expan-
sion of State Soil
Erosion Act to cover
public projects
4.1.1 WQM agencies will
work with the State
Soil Conservation
Camtittee to develop
a common approach
for utilizing
federal monies
available for cost
sharing including
RCWP, ACP, PL 566
and Section 304K,
PL 95-217
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP (L)
2) SCO's (S)
1) State Soil
Conservation
Ccranittee/DEP
(OAP) (L)
2) WQM Agencies (S)
1) State Soil
Conservation
Committee and
SCO's
2) WQM Agencies
3) Rural Clean
Water Coordina-
tion Committee
TIMING
Com-
pleted
Com-
pleted
ongoing
<
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Initial
Statewide
208 Plan
3raf t Leg-
islation
Snacted
1980
Supplement
•jo Guid
mce Memo
[nitial
Statewide
>lan
MAN-
YEARS
•
.04
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Section
208 Soil
Conservation
Ccrrmittee
1
Figure 2-18 Strategies for Agricultural Runoff Control Program
-------
ro
H
STRATEGIES
5.0 PROGRAM EVALUATION
5.1 Develop program to
evaluate non-point
source program per-
formance with respe
to components in
water quality
ACTIVITIES
5.1.1 NJDEP will with
input from other
appropriate agencies
develop NFS program
progress reporting
:t system. Criteria
for evaluation
should also be de-
veloped to ensure
that improvements in '
water quality are
projected.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
- NJDEP 0.)
- SSCC (S)
- SCO's fSl
- Rural Clean
Water Coordination
Corrtnittee (S)
- Areawide 208
Agencies (S)
\
TIMING
1985
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
Reporting
System
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-18 Strategies for Agicultural Runoff Control Program
-------
2.7.3 Clean Lakes Program
. The primary objective of the program is project implementation
(Clean Lakes PM 80-3). Rinding priority should be given to
Phase 2 projects, especially where Phase 1 projects are complete
. The State must list in the FY'81 SEA and (or) appropriate work
program, the cooperative agreement applications that will be
submitted by the State for Phase 1 and Phase 2 projects in PY'81.
(Clean Lakes PM 80-1) NJDEP will list the cooperative agreement
applications, with necessary funding, which it expects to submit
in FY'82.
. The goals of the New Jersey State Lake Management Program are to
develop lake management practices and restore several of the State's
priority public lakes. The source of State funds for Phase 2 projects
will be the Green Acres Program (40 percent) and local governments
(10 percent).
. The NJDEP with the assistance of counties and WQM planning agencies,
will update its statewide inventory by county of freshwater public
lakes.
. The NJDEP will develop and process 5 Lake Restoration applications/
proposals for funding under Section 314 in FY 1981.
. The NJDEP will develop procedures for local development of applic-
ations (for priority lakes), and will identify available funding
programs.
. The NJDEP will actively advocate that Clean Lakes studies be
undertaken by local agencies for high priority lakes.
. The NJDEP will revise surface water standards to reflect a higher
water quality use classification if higher water quality is achieved
as a result of a lake restoration project.
. The NJDEP and EPA will improve inter-program coordination to assure
consistency with other state and federal program objectives.
. EPA - Region II will issue copies of all program regulations, policy
and guidance, along with any Regional interpretation, to the NJDEP.
- NJDEP will be responsible for promptly reviewing this
information and submitting questions or comments.
. The NJDEP will cooperate and provide consultation services on Clean
Lakes issues for programs initiated by local, state and federal
agencies dealing with water quality management and water resources
planning.
216
-------
EPA will provide response and comments, within 30 days of receipt,
to all reports, technical inquiries, program implementation inquiries
and grant application issues.
EPA shall assist NJDEP in obtaining reports and/or information on
latest technical advances in Clean Lakes restoration technology.
EPA will delegate review and certification authority (responsibility)
to the NJDEP regarding plans and specification and bid award material.
The NJDEP will implement national program goals in the statewide
program.
The NJDEP will provide technical assistance to local governments
and public interest groups concerning the dynamics of lake systems
and the mechanics of lake management techniques.
EPA and the NJDEP will assure compliance with quality assurance
requirements on all projects so that all environmental measurements
result in usable data of known quality.
- EPA will provide guidance to the NJDEP for preparing
quality assurance plans.
•Hie NJDEP will submit, in a timely fashion, the required reports
(including STORET compatible raw data.)
See Fig. 2-19 for Strategies.
217
-------
00
STRATEGIES
1.0 LAKE WATER QUALITY-DATA
ACQUISITION
1.1 Update lake inventory
including publicly
owned, within the
State.
1.2 Develop coordinated
program to obtain
lake water quality
data and establish
preliminary classi-
fication of lakes
according to
trophic state.
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Contact other State
offices involved in
lake activities;
contact municipal
tax offices and
lake associations
during field in-
vestigations.
1. 1. 2 Establish fact
sheet for each lake
and upgrade as
necessary
1. 2. 1 Routinely monitor
lake water quality
at inlets and out-
lets of publicly
owned lakes —
enter data into
STORET.
1.2.2 Analyze water
samples
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management.
1) NJDEP, DWR,
Biological
Lab (L)
2) NJ Department
of Health (S)
TIMING
In
Progress
In
Progress
Ongoing
In
Progress
•
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Statewide
inventory
by county
1980-85
Classify
10 lakes/
yr.
1980-85
MAN-
VEARS
.
.15
.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
106 State
Appropria-
tion
I. I W*A
CWA, Sec.
106 State
Appropria-
tions
Figure 2-19 Strategies For Clean Lakes Program
-------
ro
H
STRATEGIES
1.3 Develop coordinated
program to conduct
intensive lake sur-
veys on selected
high priority
lakes
--*
ACTIVITIES
1.2.3 Review data and
inform MS&E of
possible violations
in water quality
standards and
potential health
hazards.
1.2.4 Establish preliminary
trophic classifica-
tion based on field
observations and
nutrient analyses.
1.3.1 Monitor water
quality of selected
lakes over a one-
year period at
inlets, outlets,
and within lakes.
Enter data into
STORET.
1.3.2 Survey lake water-
sheds to determine
land uses, topo-
graphy, geology,
and hydrology.
* •- • "*
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1SDDEP, EWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management
NJDEP/DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management.
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Mentoring and
Data Management
\
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management
- *
TIMING
1980-81
1981
« -r
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Completed
chemical
data enter-
ed into
STORET
"
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 1-19 Strategies for Clean Lakes Program
-------
IV)
o
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
1.3.3 Determine geo-
norphological
characteristics
of selected lakes.
1.3.4 Develop an inventory
of all point source
discharges within
each selected lakes
watershed
1.3.5 Determine past re-
creational uses of
the lakes precluded
by pollutional
impacts.
1.3.6 Analyze samples
for physical,
chemical, bacterio-
logical and bio-
logical parameters
1.3.7 Quantity and dif-
ferentiate pollu-
tional loadings
f ran point and non-
point sources.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management
NJDEP, DWR:
(1) BM&DM (L)
(2) MS&E (S)
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management
(1) NJ Department
of Health (L)
(2) NJDEP, DWR
Biological
Lab (S)
(3) NJDEP, Bureau
of Fisheries
(S)
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management
TIMING
In
Progress
1980-
1981
In
Progress
1980-
1981
In
Progress
1980-81
Dec.
1980
In
Progress
1980-81
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Intensive
lake survey
on 25
lakes
1980-81
MAN-
YEARS
2.0
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec. 314
State Appro-
priations
Figure 2-19 Strategies for Clean Lakes Program
-------
NJ
N)
STRATEGIES
1.4 Conduct cursory sur-
veys on private lakes
in response to com-
plaints or requests.
ACTIVITIES
1.3.8 Evaluate the im-
provements in water
quality that could
be expected through
the implementation
of various restora-
tive techniques;
recontnend best re-
storation approaches
1.3.9 Evaluate the public
benefit that could
be derived through
lake restoration.
1.4.1 Collect and analyze
samples.
1.4.2 Respond to complaint
or request as
necessary
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management
(1) NJDEP,^DWR:
(a) Bureau of
Monitoring &
Data Manage-
ment (L)
(b) Biological
Lab (S)
(2) NJ Department
of Health (S)
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management
TIMING
In
Progress
1981
t
1981
In
Progress
1980-85
In
Progress
1980-85
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
Investiga-
tions as
necessary
1980-1985
MAN-
YEARS
.2
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec. 106
State Appro-
priations
-'
Figure 2-19 Strategies for Clean Lakes Program
-------
to
10
to
STRATEGIES
2.0 REGULATORY PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
2.1 Provide public educa
tion regarding
State's lakes manage
ment program, Federa
clean lakes program
and general lakes
management theory.
2.2 Develop and implemen
program for the res-
toration of publicly
owned freshwater
lakes.
ACTIVITIES
2.1.1 Prepare a lake
management presenta-
tion to be given to
interested lake
associations upon
request.
: 2.2.1 Conduct 25 intensive
surveys on selected
high priority lakes
in accordance with
Section 314(1) of
P.L. 95-217
2.2.2 Publicize availabilit
of Federal funds and
act as coordinator
and liaison between
EPA and interested
local governments.
2.2.3 Seek Federal funds
for the restoration
of high priority
lakes based on final
priority ranking dev-
eloped from intensive
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management
NJDEP, DWR. Bureau
of Monitoring and
Data Management
(1) Local gov'ts.
(2) NJDEP, DWR:
a) Bureau of
Monitoring and
Data Management
(L)
b) Green Acres
(S)
TIMING
In
Progress
In
Progress
1980-81
In
Progress
In
Progress
«
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Lakes Mana
ment Pro-
gram slide
show and
poster
presenta-
tion. 198
and contin
ing.
Developmen
of program
to ultimatf
result in
the restor-
ation of
the State's
significan-
publicly
owned fresl
water lakes
1980
,
MAN-
VEARS
e-
.3
iy
.3
-
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec. 106
State Appro-
priations
Figure 2-19 Strategies for Clean Lakes Program
-------
ro
ro
STRATEGIES
2.3 Coordinate the
intra-divisional
committee of various
agencies involved
in lake activities
ACTIVITIES
2.3.1 Develop a line of
lake communications
to inform various
interested parties
of a program acti-
vity which may
benefit others
besides the initia-
ting agency
2.3.2 Develop review
process for State's
aquatic vegetation
control program
2.3.3 Develop a program
for the maintenance
of State-owned
lakes.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP:
(1) Div. of Water
Resources (L)
(2) Div. of Parks
and Forests (S)
(3) Div. of Fish,
Game, & Wild-
life (S)
(4) Div. of Marine
Services (S)
(5) Div. of Envi-
ronmental
Quality (S)
(6) Green Acres (S)
\.
NJDEP:
(1) DWR, Bureau of
Monitoring and
Data Management
(L)
(2) Div. of Parks
and Forests (S)
(3) Div. of Fish,
Game & Wildlife
(S)
(4) Div. of Marine
Services (S)
TIMING
In
Progress
In
Progress
In
Progress
i
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Improve
coordina-
tion among
various
offices in-
volved in
lake activi
ties;
Expand
utilization
of avail-
able data;
Develop
review pro-
cess for
State's
aqatic
vegetation
control
program
1980-85
DWR to ad-
minister
state lake
weed contro
program
.
MAN-
VEARS
•
0.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State appro-
priation
Figure 2-19 Strategies for Clean Lakes Program
-------
ro
ro
. STRATEGIES
3.0 LAKE WATER QUALITY —
PERMITTING
3.1 Ensure soundness
prior to issuance
of stream encroach-
ment permits for
alterations to
existing lakes and
tributaries.
3.2 Ensure that lake
water quality con-
siderations are in-
corporated into
NPDES permits for
point source indus-
trial and municipal
discharges.
ACTIVITIES
3.1.1 Review applications
(as needed resulting
in significant alte-
rations to lake beds
and shorelines; make
recommendations as
to environmental
soundness of pro-
posed strategy.
3.2.1 Review NPDES permits
to ensure protection
of lake waters.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
(1) Bureau of Flood
Flood Plain
Mgt. (L)
(2) Bureau of Moni-
toring and Data
Management (S)
NJDEP, DWR:
(1) Monitoring,
Surveillance
and Enforcement
(L)
(2) Bureau of Moni-
toring and Data
Management (S)
TIMING
In Pro-
gress
In Pro-
gress
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Maintenanci
of lake
water qua-
lity; Pro-
tection of
associated
biota
1980-85
Maintenance
of lake
water qua-
lity; Pro-
tection of
associated
biota
1980-85
MAN-
YEARS
.05
.2
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
106 State
Appropriation
CWA, Sec.
106 State
Appropriation
Figure 2-19 Strategies for Clean Lakes Program
-------
ro
ro
ui
STRATEGIES
3.3 Ensure soundness
prior to issuance
of lake lowering
and water diversion
permits
4.0 LAKE WATER QUALITY —
ENFORCEMENT
4.1 Ensure Surface
Water Quality Stan-
dards are not vio-
lated for lake watej
due to pollution
caused by point
source discharges,
present or future.
ACTIVITIES
3.3.1 Review permit re-
quests and act as
necessary.
4.1.1 Review monitoring
data (or monitor as
necessary) and
determine the degree
and types of pollu-
tion and their pro-
bable sources.
4.1.2 Determine whether
SWQS can be met by
upgrading effluent
quality.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
(1) Bureau of
Fisheries (L)
(2) Bureau of Moni-
toring and Data
Management (S)
NJDEP, DWR, Monitor-
ing and Planning
Element
NJDEP, DWR, Monitor-
ing and Planning
Element
TIMING
Ongoing
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Maintenance
of lake
water qua-
lity; Pro-
tection of
associated
biota
1980-85
(Notifica-
tion of
issued per-
mits sent
to DWR)
MAN-
VEARS
.05
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
106 State
Appropriation
Figure 2-19 Strategies for Clean Lakes Program
-------
N
|^
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
4.1.3 Determine effluent
limitations required
to achieve SWQS or
antidegradation of
ambient water qualit
4.1.4 Recommended enforce-
ment action as
required.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, EWR; Monitor
ing & Planning
Element
f
(1) NJDEP, DWR:
a) Monitoring
Surveillance
and Enforce-
ment (L)
b) Monitoring
& Planning
Element (S)
(2) NJ Attorney
General (S)
TIMING
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Increase
Number of
lakes meet
ing surf ac
water qua-
lity stan-
dards and
fishable
and swim-
mable star
dards
1980-85
MAN-
YEARS
•••••••••
•
•
2 .1
M
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
106
OTA, Sec.
201
State Appro-
priation
Figure 2-19 Strategies for Glean Lakes Program
-------
10
to
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
4.1.5 Review nonitoring
data and determine
potential pollu-
tional impact from
implementation of
the proposal.
4.1.6 Determine effluent
limitations to main-
tain compliance with
SWQS or antidegrada-
of existing ambient
water quality.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
(1) Bureau of Publi
Wastewater Faci
lities (L)
(2) Monitoring &
Planning Elemenl
(S)
NJDEP, DWR:
(1) Bureau of Public
Wastewater Faci-
lities (L)
(2) MDnitoring &
Planning Elemen
(S)
TIMING
1980-
1985
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
This is
being
accomplish
through th
NPDES, 201
208, 303 (e
and 314
programs.
Also, lake
are pro-
tected, in
many in-
stances,
from degra
dation
(anti-degr
dation
activities
MAN-
VEARS
«••••••••
d
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
i
Figure 2-19 Strategies for Glean Lakes Program
-------
tO
NJ
00
STRATEGIES
4.2 Ensure Surface
Water Quality
Standards are not
violated for lake-
water due to pollu-
tion by non-point
sources
ACTIVITIES
4.2.1 Review monitoring
data; qualify and
quantify various
sources of pollution
4.2.2 Recommend strategies
to reduce or elimi-
nate non-point
sources of pollution
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, EWR, Bureau
of Monitoring &
Data Management
(1) NJDEP, DWR:
a) Bureau of
Monitoring
& Data
Management
(L)
b) OPS (S)
(2) Soil Conserva-
tion District
(3) Soil Conserva-
tion Committee
TIMING
1980-
1985
1980-
1985
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Increase
number of
lakes
meeting
surface
water qua-
lity stan-
dards and
fishable
and swim-
mable sta-
tus 1980-
1985
MAN-
VEARS
•
.05
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec.
106
CWA, Sec.
208
State Appro-
priation
Figure 2-19 Strategies for Clean Lakes Program
-------
NJ
M
VO
. STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
4.2.3 Pursue enforcement
action as necessary
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
(1) NODEP, DWR:
a) Bureau of
Flood Plain
Management
(S)
b) Bureau of
Monitoring
& Data
Management
(S)
c) Areawide
Planning (S)
(2) Soil Conserva-
tion Service
TIMING
Ongoing
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
•
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-19 Strategies for Clfean Lakes Program
-------
-------
ro
LO
STRATEGIES
5.2 Fund lake restora-
tion projects undei
Section 314 of P.L.
95-217
ACTIVITIES
5.2.1 Application for
federal funds com-
pleted by local
governments and sub-
mitted to MEM State
of NJ is official
applicant on all
proposals submitted
to EPA for funding.
5.2.2 Proposal to receive
"208" certification.
5.2.3 Sources of matching
funds to be verified
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
(1) NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of Moni-
toring & Data
Management (L)
(2) EPA, Region II
(S)
NJDEP, DWR,
(1) Monitoring &
Planning Ele-
ment (L)
(2) EPA, Region II
(S) ,
(1) NJDEP, DWR:
a) Division of
Water Resource
(L)
b) Green Acres
(L)
(2) Other Sources
(L)
TIMING
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
5 Lake
Restora-
tion Grant
/Year
During FY1
80 these
Grants wi]
have been
made
.Haddon
Lake
.Greenwood
Lake
.WeeqWahic
Lake
.Amendment
to Allen-
town Lake
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-19 Strategies for Clean Lakes Program
-------
ro
JO
ro
STRATEGIES
5.2 (continued)
•
ACTIVITIES
5.2.4 Proposal to receive
State certification
(Commissioner1 s
signature required
prior to formal
submittal to EPA.
5.2.5 Proposal forwarded
to EPA Region II and
Headquarters for
review and approval.
5.2.6 Upon final approval
by EPA, project sub-
contracted by State
to local government.
5.2.7 Supervise, inspect
and monitor project
implementation
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
(1) NJDEP, DWR:
a) Bureau of Moni-
toring & Data
Management (L)
b) Green Acres (S)
c) Other Sources
(S)
(2) Ccnmissioner's
Office (L)
(1) EPA Headquarters
(L)
(2) NJDEP, DWR (S)
(1) NJDEP, Division
of Water
Resources (L)
(2) Local Government
(L)
(1) NJDEP, DWR,
Bureau of Moni-
toring & Data
Management.
(2) EPA Region II
TIMING
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
5 Lake
Restora-
tion Grants
1981
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
CWA, Sec. 314
State Appro-
priation
Figure 2-19 Strategies for Clean Lakes Program
-------
ro
STRATEGIES
5.2 (continued)
ACTIVITIES
5.2.8 Post implementation
water quality moni-
toring to determine
effectiveness of
project.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR, Bureau
of Monitoring & Date
Management
V
TIMING
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
•
Figure 2-19 Strategies for Clean Lakes Program
-------
2.8 Residuals Management
The objectives of solid waste mangement is the development and implementation
of a comprehensive program dealing with municipal and industrial solid wastes,
hazardous wastes and sludge. The continued evaluation of land disposal sites
and its classification for the open dump inventory, the development and
implementation of a hazardous waste regulatory/enforcement program, the
development of a resource recovery program and the development of a sludge
management program are the key strategies for FY '81.
The strategies developed in this section by NJDEP and USEPA Region II have
been to meet the needs of the solid and hazardous waste management programs.
These needs include:
a data collection effort to determine the source, amount, characteristics
and current disposition of all solid wastes; and determination of the
effects of disposal activities on the environment.
the development and approval of comprehensive management plans for
solid wastes, including hazardous waste and sludge
the implementation of the state solid waste plan
the promotion of an alternative to landfilling (e.g. resource/energy
recovery)
the development and implementation of a regulatory and comprehensive/
enforcement program for solid wastes
the evaluation of disposal facilities for purposes of the open
dump inventory
the development and implementation of hazardous waste program under
Subtitle C
the authorization of state hazardous waste programs
Figure 2-20 presents the strategies for solid waste management and the
associated activities, responsibilities, timing, and sources of funds.
23U
-------
IX)
U)
STRATEGIES
1.1 DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLE-
MENTATION OF A STATEWIDE
RESIDUALS WASTE MANAGE-
MENT PLAN
•
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Integrate district
solid waste plans
into statewide plan
1.1.2 Identification of
responsibilities of
state and substate
agencies in the dev-
elopment and implemei
tation of state plan
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP, Solid
Waste Adminis-
tration
2) USEPA Region
II
3) State solid
waste manage-
ment district
4) Rutgers
University
1) NJDEP
—
TIMING
1/81
on-going
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Draft
plan to
EPA 10/80
Formal
submission
of state
adopted
plan by
1/31/81 to
EPA Region
II
MAN-
YEARS
6
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
RCRA/State
appropria-
tions
Figure 2-20 Strategies for Residuals Management
-------
ro
U)
o\
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
1.1.3 Assure that state has
sufficient legal
authority to prohibit
the establishment of
new open dumps and uj
grade or close exist-
ing ones.
1.1.4 Provide strategy for
encouraging low and
high technology, re-
source recovery and
conservation acti-
vities
1.1.5 Provide for the de-
velopment and imple-
mentation of suffici-
ent recovery/treat-
ment and 'disposal
capacity necessary tc
meet the state's
solid waste manage-
ment needs
1.1.6 Coordination with
other programs
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP (SWA)
1) NJDEP (SWA)
2) NJDOE
3) Solid Waste
Management
Districts (SWMD
4) local juris-
dictions
1) NJDEP (SWA)
2) SWMD '
1) NJDEP (SWA)
2) SWMD
TIMING
1980
ongoing
80-81
ongoing
1980-
1981
on-
going
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
STATE
PLAN
STATE
PLAN
STATE
PLAN
on-going
WAN-
T-EARS
.5
1.5
1.5
.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
RCRA/State
RCRA/State
RCRA/State
RCRA/State
Figure 2-20 Strategies for Residuals Management
-------
00
STRATEGIES
2.1 INVENTORY OF LAND
DISPOSAL FACILITIES
ACTIVITIES
1.1.7 Public participation
1.1.8 New Jersey Solid
Waste Planning and
Resource Recovery
Grant Program
2.1.1 Identify land dis-
posal facilities
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP (SWA)
SWMD
NJDEP (SWA)
1) NJDEP (SWA)
2) WQM
\.
TIMING
on-
going
7/80
-6/81
9/81
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
on-going
Approved
Plans
Report
MAN-
VEARS
•.6 •
.3
.7
11.0
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
RCRA/State
State
appropriatic
RCRA/EPA
appropriatic
is
IS
Figure 2-20 Strategies for Residuals Management
-------
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
2.2.2 Assess schedule of
land disposal facili
ties to be inventori<
2.2.3 Continue to upgrade
background data on
land disposal facili'
ties
2.2.4 Classify sites and
notify the owner/ope:
ator of facility
classification
2.2.5 Prepare and submit
classification forms
to EPA Region II
2.2.6 Close/upgrade those
facilities classifie<
as open dumps
2.2.7 Develop compliance
schedules for open
dumps
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP
d
NJDEP
NJDEP
-
NJDEP
NJDEP
NJDEP
TIMING
8/80
on-
going
as
com-
pleted
9/81
on-
going
on-
going
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Report
ongoing
50 sites
in FY '81
9/81
ongoing
ongoing
MAN-
VEARS
.25
2.2
1.6
.25
As
requir
ed
As
requir
ed
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
RCRA/EPA
RCRA/EPA
RCRA/EPA
RCRA/EPA
RCRA/EPA
State appro-
priations
RCPA/EPA
• State appro-
priations
Figure 2-20 Strategies for Residuals Management
-------
ro
oo
STRATEGIES
3.1 DEVELOP SITING CRI-
TERIA FOR VARIOUS TYPES
OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL
FACILITIES
4.1 EXPAND CURRENT
HAZARDOUS WASTE PRO-
GRAM
ACTIVITIES
3.1.1 Identification of
Areas unsuitable
for hazardous waste
facilities under any
circumstances
4.1.1 Assess adequacy of
resources necessary
to qualify for
interim authorization
4.1.2 Evaluation of existinc
legislation/draft
amendments and/or new
legislation as needed
4.1.3 Revise/implement
existing permit
mechanism
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) NJDEP/Delaware
River Basin
Commission
1) NJDEP
2) EPA Region II
NJDEP
•v
NJDEP
TIMING
10/80
5/80
1/81
L980-
.982
5/81
ILESTONES
OUTPUTS
.) Develop-
ment of
criteria
2) Identi-
fication
of sites
Adoption
of Phase
E Regula-
tions
L) Issue
permits
for
facili-
ties
I) Priori ti
facilities
:or Permit
ssuance
MAN-
EARS
4-
.25
75
2.2
;
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
RCRA/State
appropria-
tions
CRA/state
ippropria-
:ions
CRA/State
ippropria-
;ions
?CRA/State
ippropria-
lons
Figure 2-20 Strategies for Residuals Management
-------
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
4.1.4 Expand/implement
existing surveillance
and enforcement
program
4.1.5 Obtain interim
authorization
4.1.6 Obtain full authorize
tion
4.1.7 Implement a debugged
manifest system
4.1.8 Provide technical
assistance
4.1.9 (a) Develop a
comprehensive
hazardous waste
training program
phased with im-
plementation of
authori za tion
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DEP
DEP
-DEP
)EP
DEP
DEP
TIMING
1980-
1984
4/81
4/83
4/81
on-
going
on-
going
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Program
Develop-
ment &
Implemen-
tation
Interim
authori-
zation
Full
authori-
zation
Manifest
System
ongoing
ongoing
MAN-
VEARS
4.5
.
1.0
1.3
3.1
2.0
1.0
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
RCRA/State
appropria-
tions
RCRA/State
appropria-
tions
RCRA/State
appropria-
tions
RCRA/State
appropria-
tions
RCRA/State
appropria-
tions
RCRA/State
appropria-
tions
Figure 2-20 Strategies for Residuals Management
-------
STRATEGIES
•
ACTIVITIES
(b) train personnel
4.1.10 Assessment of Rollins
Environmental Service
4.1.11 Develop ADP system
for the hazardous
waste program
4.1.12 Develop laboratory
capability to support
hazardous waste
program and
estimate quality
assurance procedures
4.1.13 Finalize Cooperative
Arrangement
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) DEP
2) EPA
1) Governor's
s Hazardous Waste
Advisory Com-
mittee
2) N3DEP
1) DEP
2) EPA
DEP
DEP
MILESTONES
TIMING 1 OUTPUTS
1981-
1983
12/80
1981
1981
11/19/80
Trained
Personnel
Assessment
Report
Operational
System
Approved
laboratory
procedures
Signed
Cooperative
Arrangement
MAN-
YEARS
0.7
.7
0.5
1.0
0.1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
RCRA/State
appropria-
RCRA
RCRA
RCRA/State
Appropria-
tions
RCRA
Figure 2-20 Strategies for Residuals .Management
-------
STRATEGIES
4.2 IMPLEMENT A GENERAL
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
PROGRAM AND SPECIFIC
OUTREACH EDUCATIONAL
AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
PROGRAMS TO INCREASE
REGIONAL AND COMMUNITY
UNDERSTANDING, RESPONSI-
BILITY AND SUPPORT FOR
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGE-
MENT
5.1 PRESIDENT'S URBAN
POLICY GRANT PROGRAM
6.1 DETERMINE THE RATE OF
SLUDGE GENERATION,
TREATMENT METHODOLOGIES,
SLUDGE QUALITY, DISPOSAL
PRACTICES FROM CURRENT
(MUNICIPAL) SLUDGE
GENERATORS
ACTIVITIES
4.2.1 Develop a general
public participation
program including
public information
exchange through
forums, conferences
and workshops
5.1.1 Completion of Phase
III at Canden, Mercer
HMDC, NJ/NY Port
Authority
6.1.1 Obtain data through
submission by
generators to WMIS,
including sludge
generation and pres-
sent disposal prac-
tices
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DEP
1) EPA Region II
,2) NJDEP
3) Local juris-
diction
NJDEP, DWR:
1) WQM (L)
2) CGA (S)
TIMING
1980-
1983
on-
going
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
Decision
on market
and pro-
curement
methods
.5
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
RCRA/Grantees
State appro-
priations
CWA, Sec.
106 and 208
Figure 2-20 Strategies for Residuals Management
-------
ro
jr-
uo
STRATEGIES
7.1 DETERMINE SEPTAGE
GENERATED BY COUNTY
AMD BY 201 AREA, AND
THE EXISTING SEPTAGE
DISPOSAL PRACTICES
•
ACTIVITIES
6.1.2 Promulgate SQAR and
incorporate data intc
WMIS
6.1.3 Limited sampling and
analysis of POIW
sludges
7.1.1 Obtain data through
DWR and SEA files
7.1.2 Estimate from
population figures
and 201 coverage
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP, DWR:
NJDEP, DWR (L) :
1) Office of
Sludge Manage-
ment and In-
dustrial Pre-
treament (L)
NJDOH (S)
NJDEP, DWR (L)
NJDEP, SWA (S)
NJDEP, DWR:
1) WQM (L)
TIMING
1979-
1981
As
needed
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
* . ,
MAN-
YEARS
1.25
.75
.34
35
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State appro-
priations
CWA, Sec.
106 and 208
State appro-
priations
CWA, Sec.
106 and 208
State appro-
priations
SWA, Sec.
106 and 208
State appro-
priations
CWA, Sec.
i r\f - i """in
Figure 2-20 Strategies for Residuals Management
-------
2.9 Monitoring Integration and Quality Assurance
The objective of monitoring intergration strategies is to
coordinate inter/intra-agency monitoring activities to the
maximum extent possible, including: collection, analysis and
utilization of data; administrative control of monitoring
activities; laboratory services; quality assurance and manage-
ment of the data. Program development, data acquisition and
toxics monitoring strategies have been developed to meet such
objectives for this particular cross-cutting issue. These
strategies, and their corresponding activities, will be implemented
in the coming years by the NJDEP EWR's Bureau of Water Quality Planning
and Management, Toxic Substances Program and USEPA Region II's
Surveillance and Analysis Division with input from other DWR Offices.
These strategies have been developed by NJDEP and USEPA Region II
to meet the program development needs associated with realizing
monitoring intergration objectives. These needs include:
- intergrating monitoring efforts for all surface and ground-
water ambient, intensive survey and compliance, monitoring
for toxics, NPDES, SDWA and solid waste programs
- more effective administative control of monitoring activities
- adequate quality assurance
- integrated toxic substance ambient and compliance monitoring
Fig. 2-21 presents the strategies for monitoring integration
and the associated activities, organizations responsibilities,
timing, outputs, man-years and sources of funds.
244
-------
STRATEGIES
1.0 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
1.1 Develop an Integra
ed monitoring pro-
gram for all surf a
and groundwater
ambient, intensive
survey, and compli
ance monitoring fo:
toxics, NPDES, SDVI
Solid Wastes, Haz-
ardous Waste, and
spills programs.
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Establish a Water
'.- Monitoring Work Group
(WMW3) representing
:e all New Jersey water
monitoring programs
to meet bimonthly to
identify and review
monitoring needs,
., resource requirements
performance, recommeni
ed priorities, and
potential resources
for all water monitor
ing activities.
1.1.2 Establish Monitoring
Management Bureau
responsible for set-
ting priorities,
scheduling, coordinat-
ing and integrating
all data gathering
and data organization
f j_
for water programs.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1.1 NJDEP 1981
a) DWR
1. Bureau oi
Monitorii
& Data Me
agement.
(L)
\J-J/
2. Enforce-
ment Ele-
ment (S)
3. Bureau of
Potable
Water (s)
b) OCTSR
(S).
C) DEQ
1. Solid
Waste
Adminis-
tration
(S)
2. Hazardous
Waste
Bureau (S
TIMING
WMWG
Establis]
?
i-
1981
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
ed
1.1.2-DEP
tive Order
delegating
authority
to Monitor-
Lng & Data
•lanagement
Bureau.
MAN-
YEARS
NJDEP
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
State
Appropria-
tion
CWA Sec. 106
Figure 2-21 Strategics for Monitoring Integration and Quality Assurance
-------
ro
-pr
ON
STRATEGIES
1.2 Develop Quality
Assurance' Program
consistent with
DEP water monitor-
ing needs.
ACTIVITIES
1.2.1 Develop and implement
a quality assurance
program plan consis-
tent with EPA manda-
tory quality assur-
ance requirements.
1.2.2 Develop DEP labora-
tory certification
program for all water
analyses laboratories
submitting data pur-
suant to Federal or
State Statutes or
regulations .
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
d) Hazard Man-
agement Pro-
gram (S)
USEPA
a) Region II
S & A Divi-
sion (S)
1.2 NJDEP
a) DWR
1. Bureau of
Monitorim
& Data Ma
agement (
USEPA
a) Region II
S & A Divi-
sion (S)
TIMING
1981
-
.)
1981
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
L.2.1-EPA
Approved
)EP Quality
Assurance
•rogram
>lan
..2.2-SDWA
tertifica-
ion Pro-
iram Dev-
dopment
templeted
,981-Sludge
tert. Reg-
lations
dopted.
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
1.2 NJDEP
State
Appropria-
tions
CWA
Sec. 106
Figure 2-21 Strategies for Monitoring Integration and Quality Assurance
-------
ro
-P-
—q
STRATEGIES
1.3 Develop adequate
laboratory service
capabilities consii
tent with water
monitoring needs.
2.0 PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION
2.1 Implement and main-
tain integrated
monitoring program
for surface and
groundwater monitoi
ing activities.
ACTIVITIES
1.3.1 Develop mechanism
and procedure for
assessing laboratory
service requirements
on an annual basis.
2.1.1 WMWG meets bimonthly
to identify and re-
view monitoring needs
resource requirements
performance recommend-
ed priorities and
potential resources
for all Monitoring
Activities .
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1.3 NJDEP
a) DWR - Bureau
of Monitor in
& Data Man-
agement (L)
USEPA
a) Region II
S & A Divi-
sion (S)
2.1.1 WMW3 members
(L)
TIMING
1982
1981
1
1981
+
Continu-
ing
•
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
NPDES Haz-
ardous
Waste Cert.
Regulations
Adopted
1.3.1
Procedure
Developed
>.!.!
ii-monthly
reports to
•PA, S & A
Division
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
NJDEP
State
Appropria-
tion
CWA, Sec. 106
2.1.1 NJDEP
State Appro-
priations
CWA Sections
106, 314
RCRA TOSCA
SDWA
Figure 2-21 Strategies for Monitoring Integration and Quality Assurance
-------
ro
oo
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
2.1.2 Prepare 5 year and
annual integrated
monitoring strategy
for incorporation intc
SEA update, grant
applications and
budget proposals for
DEP and EPA work
programs.
2.1.3 Implement water
quality monitoring
activities consistent
with 1.2.1 and 2.1.2
activities, data man-
agement requirements,
and integrated moni-
toring training re-
quirements.
LEAD/SUPPOHT
AGENCIES
2.1.2 NJDEP
Bureau of Moni-
toring & Data
Management (L)
USEPA
Region II S & A
Division (S)
uses
2.1.3 NJDEP
a) DWR Bureau
of Monitorin
& Data Man-
agement (L)
Enforcement
Element
Bureau of
Potable
Water
TIMING
May 1981
and con-
tinuing
Annually
Sept.
[1981 c
and
continu-
ing
annually
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
2.1.2
5 yr. in-
tegrated
tonitoring
Program
Plan sub-
nitted to
2PA.
2.1.3
Assessment
f Monit-
oring
i.chieve-
rents for
'lanned
Activities
submitted
:o EPA S&A
)ivision
MAN-
YEARS
1
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
2.1.2
NJDEP
State
Appropria-
CWA Sec. 106
2.1.3 NJDEP
State Appro-
priations
CWA, Sec.
106, 314
RECRA TOSCA
SDWA
uses
Figure 2-21 Strategies for Monitoring Integration and Quality Assurance
-------
ro
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
2.1.3 (cont.)
b) DBQ
Solid Waste
Administra-
tion
Hazardous
Waste
Bureau
c) Toxic Sub-
stances
Program
d) Hazard Man-
agement
Group
USEPA
a) Region II
S&A Division
uses
TIMING
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
Figure 2-21 Strategies for Monitoring Integration and Quality Assurance
-------
ro
vn
o
STRATEGIES
2.2 Implement a qualit
assurance program
consistent with
water monitoring
needs and EPA mand
tory quality assur
ance requirements.
ACTIVITIES
2.2.1 Implement a quality
assurance plan con-
sistent with EPA
quality assurance
i- requirements for all
water monitoring pro-
gram activities.
2.2.2 Implement a DEP lab-
oratory certification
program for all water
analyses laboratories
submitting data pur-
suant to federal and
State statutes or
regulations.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
2.2.1 NJDEP
Bureau of Mon-
itoring and Data
Management (L)
USEPA
Region II, S&A
Division (S)
2.2.2 NJDEP
Bureau of Mon-
itoring & Data
Management (L)
USEPA
Region II, S&A
Division (S)
TIMING
1981
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
? ? 1
£• . £• . JL
EPA
approved
quality
assurance
plans for
all mon-
itoring
projects
consist-
ent with
available
resources
2.2.2
Ml SDWA
Labora-
tories meet
ninimal
federal
and DEP
:ertifi-
:ation re-
quirements .
3DWA cert-
ification
Drogram.
MAN-
Y-EARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
2.2.1 NJDEP
State
Appropria-
tions
CWA Sec. 106
2.2.2
NJDEP
State
Appropria-
tion
USEPA
EMSL Cincin-
nati
Figure 2-21 Strategies for Moritoring Integration and Quality Assurance
-------
ro
STRATEGIES
2.3 Provide adequate
laboratory service!
. consistent with
monitoring program
needs.
ACTIVITIES
2.3.1 Evaluate annually
the regional/state
laboratory cap-
abilities for
conventional/toxic
pollutant analyses.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
2.3.1 NTDEP
Bureau of Mon-
itoring & Data
Management (L)
VMNG (S)
USEPA
Region II S&A
Division (S)
TIMING
1982
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
2.2.2 (con-
tinued)
meets min-
imal fed-
eral re-
quirements .
All Sludge,
NPDES, and
Hazardous
Waste lab-
oratories
meet fed-
eral qual-
ity assur-
ance re-
quirements .
2.3.1
Annual
evaluation
submitted
to EPA &
DEP by
•MWG.
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
2.3.1
NJDEP
State Appro-
priation
CWA Sec. 106
Figure 2-21 Strategies for Monitoring Integration and Quality Assurance
-------
ro
U1
ro
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
2.3.2 Identify unmet
laboratory needs.
2.3.3 Prepare plan for
upgrading state
capabilities to
meet analytical
requirements for
monitoring programs.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
2.3.2 NJDEP
Bureau of Monit-
oring & Data
Management (L)
WMWG (S)
USEPA
Region II, S&A
Division (S)
2.3.3 USEPA
Region II, S&A
Division (L)
NJDEP
Bureau of Monit-
oring & Data
Management (S)
TIMING
May
1981
,
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
2.3.2
Annual
report on
Laboratory
service
shortfall
2.3.3
5 year
Regional
Plan to
address
unmet lab-
oratory
service
needs.
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
2.3.2 NJDEP
State Appro-
priation
CWA Sec. 106
2.3.3 NJDEP
State appro-
priation
CWA Sec. 106
Figure 2-21 Strategies for Monitoring Integration and Quality Assurance
-------
2.10 Other Environmental Management Programs
2.10.1 Management of Environmentally Sensitive Areas
1. NJDEP, as part of the certification documents on all projects
requesting Step 1 grant funding, will assure that:
The study area for the proposed facility plan will be subjected
to an environmental contraints analysis according to the "Proposed
Policy and Procedures - Consideration of Environmentally Sensitive
Areas in Treatment Works, Approval" to be adopted in the Statewide
VCM Plan. This analysis will determine environmentally acceptable
sewer service areas consistent with requirement (6).
A waiver signed by the Regional Administrator as detailed in the
construction grants regulations of 8/27/78 (40 CFR Part 35 Subpart
E Section 917(e)) is required. Upon full approval of the population
and land use sections of the 208 WQM plans, a waiver will no
longer be required.
2. Since 201 facility planning agencies initiate work on environmental
constraints analysis, a statewide coordinated effort will be
established to properly collect and utilize the information
generated. NJDEP with the assistance of the USEPA Environmental
Impacts Branch (EIB) will develop the following outputs during
FY'80.
a. Establish the criteria to be used in evaluating the anticipated
project impacts on environmentally sensitive areas. These
criteria will be consistent with the November 1979 EPA regulations
on implementation of NEPA, and National and Regional policy.
b. Guidelines for performing constraints analyses to assess
individual Facility Plans will be prepared stressing consistency
in mapping scale and notation.
c. Verification of data will be carried out at the regional
or county level.
d. Environmental data from the constraints analysis should be
amassed in one central location to be utilized in all planning
efforts initiated within the State. A machanism for incorporating
the population projections generated by the constraints
analysis into the State's certified figures will be adopted.
e. Municipal permits and sewer extension permits will be subject
to the constraints of the ESA policy and procedures.
Funds: 208, 205(g) or special funds
See Fig, 2-22 for Strategies.
253
-------
ro
STRATEGIES
1.0 Management Of
Environmentally
Sensitive Areas
1.1 Step 1 Project
Reviews
1.2 Selection and
utilization of
environmental
information and
generation by 201
facility planning
agencies
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Conduct environmen-
tal constraint
analysis for
determining sewer
service areas
1.2.1 Establish criteria
for evaluating
anticipated impacts
of projects on
environmentally
sensitive areas.
1.2.2 Final guidelines
for performing
constraints
analyses
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
l.NJDEP,DWR(L)
a. Off ice of
Planning
and
Standards
b. Construc-
tion Grants Admin
l.NTOEP, DWR(L)
l.NJDEP,DWR(L)
2. EPA, Region II
(S)
TIMING
On-
going
Jan. 1981
March
1981
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
Constraints
Analysis
portion of
plan re-
views
Revised
Policies &
Procedures
Final
Policies &
Procedures
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205G
205G
205G
Figure 2-22 Strategies for Management of Environmentally Sensitive Areas
-------
ro
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
1.2.3 Assemble environ-
mental data f ran
the constraints
analysis into one
central location.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
l.NJDEP,DWR(L)
a. Off ice of
Planning
and
Standards
b. Construction
Grants
Admin.
TIMING
On-
going
MILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Data
depository
MAN-
YEARS
.5 '
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205G
208
Figure 2-22 Strategies for Management of Environmentally Sensitive Areas
-------
2.10.2 Growth Management
1. An annual evaluation of the 208 county-level population projections
will be undertaken to refine projections resulting from 201 facility
planning (205(g) or special funds should be used for this activity).
2. The State will develop a mechanism for ensuring that the State
certified population projects (county and facility planning area
projects) are used in 201 facility planning, and the adjustments in
projections resulting from 201 are adopted into the appropriate 208
WQM plan (state or local plan).
3. In accordance with policy set forth in the State/EPA Agreement,
State-certified population projections are to be used in all future
201 facility planning. The facility planning area projections
should be evaluated as part of the environmental constraints analysis
to ensure that the distribution of population reflects protection of
environmentally sensitive areas. The results of the environment
constraints analysis can than serve as a basis for any adjustment of
208 populaton projections.
4. In order to effectively manage sensitive areas it is necessary to
have each 201 facility plan adopted and certified as a 208 output.
The 201 plan will include detailed mapping of environmentally
sensitive areas. DEP will formally adopt 201 facility plans as 208
outputs during the certification process for 201 facility plan for
projects in all 208 planning areas.
See Fig. 2-23 for Strategies.
2.10.3 Coastal Zone Management
1. The State FY-80 program for implementing the State/EPA Agreement
placed heavy emphasis on the development of programs for protection
of inland wetlands. Wbrk will continue on this program thorugh
FY-81 as needed to meet the requirements of the current work plant.
However, in FY-81 it is recommended that emphasis be shifted to
coastal area protection.
2. Current state regulatory policies for coastal areas are found in
N.J.A.C. 7:7E-1.1 et seq. (Rules and Coastal Resource and
Development Policies) and are implemented through CAFRA, the
Wetlands Act and the Waterfront Development Act (N.J.S.A. 12:5-3 et
seq.). Coastal Wetlands are defined as a Special Area and are
subject to a restrictive policy concerning development. Floodplains
are not defined as Special Area, but will be so defined by amend-
ments, scheduled for adoption about October 1, 1980. Federal and
State regulations affecting coastal area, floodplains and wetlands
should be examined for inconsistencies, and necessary changes made,
in preparation, for 205(g) delegation.
See Fig. 2-24 for Strategies.
256
-------
ro
vn
. STRATEGIES
1.0 GROWTH MANAGEMENT -
1.1 Evaluate, revise,
and refine county
and 201 projec-
tions.
1.2 Co-ordinate -the
use of state
certified county
and 201 facility
area population
projections in
other state
planning
programs
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Evaluate and refine
county- level
population projec-
tion resulting from
201 facility
planning.
1.2.1 Develop a mechanism
ensuring that the
State certified
population projec-
tions are used in
201 facility
planning and that
adjustments of
projections result-
ing from 201 are
adopted in the 208
WQM Plan.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP - CWR - OPS
Governor ' s
Office of Policy
and Planning
NJDEP-DWR-OPS
X
TIMING
Jan. 1981
1981
MILESTONES.
OUTPUTS
Facility
Planning
Area
Methodol-
ogy
Working
Paper
MAN-
YEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
208,205G
205G
Figure 2-23 Strategies for Growth Management
-------
V/l
00
STRATEGIES
ACTIVITIES
1.2.2 Adjustments to 201
projections will be
made to consider
Environmental
Sensitive areas.
1.2.3 Mapping of Environ-
mentally Sensitive
areas of 201 facil-
ity plans and the
adoption of these
plans as 208 outputs
1.2.4 Develop mechanism
ensuring that State
certified population
projections are
used in other State
planning programs.
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
NJDEP - DWR
2 01-Consultants
NJDEP - DWR
DNJDEP-DWR-OPS
2) Governor's
Office of Policy
and Planning
TIMING
)n-
joing
)n-
joing
L982
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Methodol-
ogy Plan
Reviews
Certified
201 Plan
Executive
Order
MAN-
VEARS
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
205G
201
JOS
>05G
Figure 2-23 Strategies for Growth Management
-------
STRATEGIES
1.0 COASTAL MANAGEMENT
1.1 Define acceptable
dredge disposal prac-
tices and sites
suitable for dredge
spoil disposal (with
special emphasis on
coastal ecosystem
protection) .
1.2 Establish improved
definitions, policies
and rationales to
better manage coastal
resources and in
particular to protect
essential coastal hab
itat areas.
1.3 Develop procedures anc
mechanisms for ensurii
that water resource
programs adequately
reflect federal policd
as stated in Executive
• Order 11988 (flood
ACTIVITIES
1.1.1 Conduct study of
dredge disposal
practices and dev-
elop criteria for
disposal site
selection
1.2.1 Adopt revisions
to Rules on
Coastal Resource and
Development Policies
1.3.1 Revise and improve
j Rules on Coastal Resoi
and Development Policd
concerning wetlands &
js flcodplains
1.3.2 Promulgate regulations
under Waterfront Deve!
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
DDEP-DCR
DDEP-DCR
DDEP-DCR
rce
es
Dpment
TIMING
June
1981
Annual
update
in
November
Modified
9/80
Future
modifi-
cations
9/81
FY 81
MILESTONES,
OUTPUTS
Report on
recommendec
dredge spo:
disposal
practices
and charac-
teristics
of acceptal
disposal s:
Amended vei
sion of
Rules on
Coastal Re-
source and
Development
Policies
was adoptee
in Sept. '8(
CAFRA
Policy
Statement
Regulations
promu-
MAN-
VEARS
10 me
1
le
tes
- 2.5
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
,U.S. Dept.
of Commerce
-NOAA
Coastal Zone
Manag. Act
PL 92-583
Sec. 306
U.S. Dept.
of Commerce
-NOAA
Coastal Zone
Manag. Act
PL 92-583
Sec. 306
U.S. Dept.
of Commerce
-NOAA
Coastal Zone
Manag. Act
PL 92-583
Sec. 306
Figure 2-24 Strategies for Coastal Zone Management
-------
ro
CT\
o
STRATEGIES
plain managment) ,
Executive Order 11990
(wetlands) and Presi-
dential directives on
barrier islands.
1.4 Assemble and continue
to develop Geographic
Data Base and Inter-
motion System to loca
analyze, record, and
monitor the spatial
implications of
coastal resource
management programs,
policies, and decisioi
and to provide a
geographic base for
programs, policies,
and decisions.
ACTIVITIES
Act to give DEP-DCR
regulatory jurisdicti
over coastal wetlands
and f loodplains outsit
the CAFRA area.
1.3.3 Update upper wetlands
boundry under N.J.
Wetlands Act.
1.4.1 Pilot mapping program
in Cape May County
e,
s
LEAD/SUPPORT
AGENCIES
1) DEP-DCR
>n
e
1) DEP-DCR
1) DEP-DCR
TIMING
9/26/80
FY 81
Complete
4ILESTONES
OUTPUTS
Igated
9/26/80
Update as
necessary
d Completior
of Pilot
and recom-
mendations
of use in
other areas
MAN-
YEARS
13 mon
SOURCES OF
FUNDS
U.S. Dept.
of Commerce
-NQAA
Coastal Zone
Manag. Act
PL 92-583
Sec. 306
±s
U.S. Dept.
of Commerce-
NQAA
Coastal Zone
Manag. Act
PL 92-583
Sec. 306
Figure 2-24 Strategies for Coastal Zone Management
-------
2.11 POLE OF COUNTIES AND WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING AGENCIES
The management of water resources requires the incorporation of
existing County and municipal authority into a coordinated, partnership
effort with NJDEP. The coordinated implementation of existing law
and authority is required in order to meet the objectives of both
the Federal Clean Water Act and New Jersey Quality Law.
In this regard this agreement supports joint efforts of all levels
of government to achieve full implementation of all aspects of
water resources management. It is designed to bring together water
supply, water quality, flood control and storm drainage considerations
to meet the needs of the citizens of the State as well as provide
for protection of the environment.
In coming years County responsibilities will change as NJDEP
prepares to delegate to county governments some traditional NJDEP
responsibilities for monitoring, enforcement, and issuance of
certain types of permits. Delagation should produce two kinds of
benefits. First, for some activities, properly designed and
administered county programs may be more efficient than direct
NJDEP administration, being closer to the scene. Second, NJDEP
should guide and review both existing and new county programs, and
should regularly consult with county governments about policy and
technical issues. There is a need to develop formal NJDEP-County
agreements delineating county roles, and how county programs should
be funded.
New Jersey counties already have important responsibilities under
authority provided by:
- The County Planning Enabling Act (N.J.S.A. 40:27-1 et seq.) to
1) prepare comprehensive plans which include plans for land use,
water supply, water quality, storm drainage, and flood control,
and 2) review subdivisions and site plans affecting County
facilities.
- The Water Quality Planning Act (N.J.S.A. 58:11A-1 et seq.) to
prepare water quality plans consistent with Section 208 of the
Federal Clean Water Act,following designation by the Governor
(six counties currently designated)
- The County Environmental Health Act (N.J.S.A. 26:3A2-21 et seq.)
to provide for County enforcement of State laws for control of
water pollution, air pollution, noise, and solid waste, pursuant
to State guidelines now in preparation.
- The Sewerage Authorities Law (N.J.S.A. 40:14A-1 et seq.) to
create county sewerage authorities to provide for waste collection
and treatment works.
- The Municipal and Counties Utilities Authority Law (N.J.S.A.
14B-1 et seq.) to create county utilities authorities to provide
for water supply, water pollution control, sewerage, and solid
waste services and facilities.
- The County Improvement Authorities Law (N.J.S.A. 40:37A-45 et
seq.) to create county improvement authorities to provide for
solid waste facilities.
261
-------
- The County Flood Control Financing Law (N.J.S.A. 40:23-24 et
seq.) to permit counties to construct and finance flood control
facilities
- The Local Lands and Buildings Law (N.J.S.A. 40A:12-1 et seq.)
and the laws related to county parks (N.J.S.A. 40:37-95.13) to
acquire lands, waters, equipment, and supplies for conservation
purposes and to accept Federal or State aid for that purpose,
including lake restoration funds under the Federal Clean Lakes
Program
- The Solid Waste Management Act (N.J.S.A. 13:1E-1 et seq.), which
designated each county and the Hackensack Meadowlands district
as a Solid Waste Management District, and required each county
Board of Chosen Freeholders and the Hackensack Meadowlands
Development Commission to adopt a solid waste management plan
(in 1979 the first plans were submitted for NJDEP approval.
Turning to new programs, the coming years will see major steps
towards implementation of the County Environmental Health Act
passed in 1977. This broadly written statute permits NJDEP to
delegate the administration of one or more aspects of the water
pollution, solid waste, noise and air pollution laws to county
health departments. This law can be used to address any kind of
water pollution or solid waste problem, including but not limited
to threats to public health. Before NJDEP can delegate any programs,
the law requires that NJDEP first promulgate standards of performance
and administrative procedures. County health departments will then
have up to fifteen months to prepare a work program for meeting the
standards. In counties without county health departments, N.J.S.A.
26:3A2-6 requires the County Board of Chosen Freeholders to submit
a detailed report about how the environmental health standards will
be met in that county, including a description of administrative
organization. Delegation of specific programs to specific counties
will be based on NJDEP review of each individual work plan.
Municipal health departments that meet the standards and agree to
implement the county work program shall be certified by NJDEP as
the authorized local government for the performance of environmental
health services within their jurisdiction. NJDEP may also "delegate"
programs to municipal or regional health departments (the statute
is unclear on this point). Substantial appropriations for county
or municipal health departments to implement the County Environmental
Health Act may be made by the State Legislature, and Federal
programs may provide additional funds.
NJDEP has prepared drafts of the standards. The standards identify
specific programs that NJDEP thinks are suitable at this time for
delegation. Some of these programs are already administered by all
or some of the county health departments. Prospective programs
include, but are not limited to, issuing permits for non-public and
public non-community potable water systems, surveying waterways for
unauthorized discharges or water pollutants, monitoring of surface
and ground waters and of NPDES of NJPDES discharges in conjunction
with NJDEP, enforcement of NJDEP rules and regulations concerning
the operation of solid waste facilities, and monitoring spills of
hazardous substances.
262
-------
In FY-81 NJDEP will coordinate the development of work plans with individual
counties to delineate county roles pursuant to the County Environmental Health
Act.
The following strategies will be used to further define and expand the
role of counties and provide for County-NJDEP cooperation:
- NJDEP will review the work programs submitted by county health
department or county boards of chosen freeholders, and petitions
by municipal or regional health agencies, to meet the above
standards. Based on this review, NJDEP will delegate administra-
tion of specific programs to specific counties, and will certify
municipal or regional health agencies and review county performance.
- NJDEP will support State and Federal funding of effective county
programs to implement the County Environmental Health Act and
other environmental resource legislation.
- NJDEP will work with the counties establish the continuing role of
counties and the designated WQM planning agencies in FY-81. This strategy
will stress local implementation of Statewide programs and the continu-
ation of public participation programs.
263
-------
2.12 Role of the Delaware River Basin Commission in Implementing the
State/EPA Agreement
Advanced Waste Treatment
Commission regulations require that all wastes receive at least
secondary treatment and when this level of treatment is inadequate
to maintain water quality standards, the capacity of the receiving
stream to assimilate waste discharges is to be allocated among the
waste dischargers, consistent with Section 303 of the Clean Water
Act. Ihe allocations form the basis for establishing advanced
waste treatment requirements.
Ihe Commission has assumed the responsibility for implementing
this policy for the Delaware River, which is an interstate boundary
and the boundary between two EPA regions for its entire length.
In the Delaware River Estuary where water quality standards are
not always being met, a remedial wasteload allocation program has
been undetaken under the leadership of the Commission, in coopera-
tion with the Federal Government and Estuary states, including New
Jersey. Allocations based on BOD reductions ranging from 86 to 89
percent are incorporated into NPDES permit requirements. Municipal
waste treatment plants in the Estuary funded by the construction
grant program must be designed to meet allocations.
Ihe Delaware River Basin Commission has assumed the central role
in the development of an improved water quality model of the
Delaware River Estuary to meet the needs of area-wide water
quality management planning under Section 208 of PL 92-500. The
Commission will develop revised waste load allocations to meet 208
planning needs for the Delaware River Estuary, including gross
allotments for point and non-point sources of pollution and point
source allocations. The program includes determination and
apportionment of total maximum daily loads between point and
non-point sources, and allocation of the point source total
maximmum daily load among the individual point sources.
The Commission has developed a time-varying water quality model of
the nontidal Delaware River from Trenton to above the Delaware
Water Gap which will be utilized as appropriate, to assess the
impact of alternative 208 and related plans on the quality of the
Delaware River. The model can be used to establish allocations
for this reach of the Delaware River when and if necessary.
264
-------
NPDES Assumption ,
Review of the NPDES permits for discharges to Basin waters is a
necessary part of Commission activities, especially with regard to
allocations. Primary emphasis is on discharges to tributaries
with major impact on the Basin's waters. Assistance is provided
to EPA and the state as necessary, and the Commission participates
in hearings and negotiations in those adjudicatory hearing cases
to which it is a party. The objective is to ensure that the
Commission's wasteload allocations and its regulations are imple-
mented through the permit process. At present New Jersey certified
Commission requirements to EPA for inclusion in NPDES permits.
When New Jersey assumes the NPDES program, the state will incorporate
Commission requirements in permits directly.
For Delaware Estuary allocation cases, the Commission has arranged
to receive copies of NPDES Discharge Monitoring Reports. These
reports are analyzed to assess the status of compliance and the
residual waste discharge loading of the Delaware River Estuary.
Toxic Substancgs"Control
The Commission is carrying out a study of exotic industrial
residuals, whether the residuals occcur or arise as solid wastes,
sludges, pre-treatment wastes, or liquid wastes. The first phase,
directed to compilation and assessment of an inventory of industrial
residuals, disposal operations and capabilities, has been completed.
The second phase has been initiated and is directed to a facilities
plan for recycling, reclamation, treatment, and final disposal of
exotic industrial residuals. The area of study encompasses the
Delaware River Basin and all of the State of New Jersey.
Ground-Water Management
The Delaware River Basin Commission (DRBC) has entered into an
agreement with the U.S. Water Resources Council to undertake a
three-year special study for the development of a regional ground-
water management plan and implementation program for the Delaware
River Basin.
The principal objectives of the Delaware Basin Special Ground-Water
Study are: (1) Establish sound technical criteria for uniform
regulatory functions within the Basin states to protect the
available quantity of ground water resources and to allocate
withdrawal rights when needed in a responsible and equitable
manner; (2) Establish guidelines and rules to assure that ground
water resources are protected from sources of pollution and are
not diminished in quantity by improper waste disposal practices or
induction of mineralized water; (3) Guide developments to result
265
-------
in the best utilization of long-term supplies, promote conjunctive
use of ground-water and surface-water sources where feasible and
aid in the balancing of water uses with water sources; (4) Present
a plan of hydrogeologic data collection and a provision for
reliable ground-water information in advance of future requirements
for new or modified ground water regulations; (5) Engender the
most efficient use of ground water compatible with low stream flow
relationships, maintenance of viable wetlands and vegetative cover
characteristics; (6) Develop coordination and support among
water-use and water-conservation agencies and organizations in the
promotion of public interest and participation in the management
and safeguarding of the ground water resources of the Basin.
Study outputs, where appropriate, will be considered for inclusion
in the Comprehensive Plan. Ground-water quality aspects will be
considered.
Role of Water Quality Management Planning Agencies (Section 208)
Commission staff participates in Section 208 studies for designated
and non-designated areas in the Basin (six of which are in New
Jersey) including policy and technical advisory committees, as
well as related regional and state studies. The Commission
emphasizes basinwide and interstate concerns related to control of
pollution from both point and non-point sources and to the need to
assure compatibility among 208 plans, and with the Commission's
Comprehensive Plan. The Commission staff prepares a report on
each completed 208 study, for each state to use in considering
action on certification of each 208 plan.
Commission staff also serves on committees having continuing
planning responsibilities for each 208 area to carry out the
continuing planning process developed as part of each 208 plan.
Appropriate portions of completed 208 plans will be included in
the Commission's Comprehensive Plan.
Antidegradation Policy
The Commission has an antidegradation policy applicable to the
Delaware River and its interstate tributaries. As part of the PL
92-500 mandated triennial review of standards, this policy will be
reviewed, along with anti-degradation policies in state standards.
The goal is to assure compatible policies among the Commission and
the Basin States.
266
-------
Water Supply Management and Conservation
The Commission is conducting a study to assess the impact of
water conservation measures on consumptive uses of water and their
relationship to instream uses of water and water demand projections.
The study concentrates on key users of water, in particular
industries and utilities which account for the preponderance of
consumptive water use in the Basin.
The focus of the study is how conservation measures, on a regular
basis and for a drought emergency, affect cooling and processing
uses of water. Effect on temperature differentials will be
examined to estimate potential changes in in-stream evaporation
resulting from changes in heat discharges.
Water Quality/Water Supply Integration
The Commission is conducting a Level B (Section 209) study of the
Delaware River Basin. Study outputs will be considered for
inclusion in the DRBC Comprehensive Plan. The inter-linkages of
209 study outputs to water quality management programs, including
208 plans, will be considered in the comprehensive DRBC water
quality/water supply planning programs.
The Commission has completed development of a mathematical deter-
ministic salinity intrusion model of the Delaware Estuary, including
the entire tidal Delaware River and Delaware Bay. The model
relates chloride concentrations at specific locations along the
estuary to fresh-water inflows from the Delaware River at Trenton
and seaward tributaries. Extensive Commission staff efforts were
devoted to use of the salinity model to determine the effects of
various reservoir operation schemes, out-of-basin water diversions,
and projected consumptive water use on the levels of salinity
(total dissolved solids), chlorinity, and sodium in water supplies
taken from the tidal waterway, either directly as surface water,
or indirectly from aquifers that are recharged in part by the
tidal river. Additional studies will be made with the model to
provide inputs to the comprehensive study of salinity, including
an investigation of the economic impacts of potential salinity
changes, being conducted by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers,
Philadelphia District.
Urban/Suburban Stormwater Runoff Control
The impact of Stormwater control programs on the Delaware Estuary
will be assessed utilizing the improved model of Estuary Water
Quality.
267
-------
Agricultural and Rural Runoff Control
tejricultural and rural runoff influence the quality of the Delaware
Estuary as part of the loadings from tributary streams. These
loadings and the impact of changes in these loadings on Estuary
quality will be assessed with the improved model of Estuary water
quality.
Monitoring Integration
The Commission has a cooperative sampling and monitoring program
for the Delaware Estuary and Bay with the three Estuary States.
Under a Commission contract (boat runs) with the State of Delaware,
water samples are collected at selected locations in the Delaware
River and Bay and analyzed. The data obtained by this contract
meets the needs of New Jersey for monitoring of the quality of the
water column of the Delaware Estuary. Through a contract with New
Jersey, the Delaware River at Trenton and waste discharges to the
Delaware River Estuary are sampled and analyzed.
The Commission has responsibility for developing a single overall
National Ambient Water Monitoring Program for the Delaware River.
THe initial emphasis was on the final selection of stations and
initiation of routine monthly water quality analyses, which began
in May of 1979. In Fiscal 1981 planning for initiation of monitoring
for organics will be continuing.
The States look to the Commission to satisfy the requirement of
Section 305(b) of PL 92-500 for the Delaware River. The Commission's
305(b) reports for the Delaware River include a discussion of
existing water quality, comparison with standards, and an assessment
of water quality problems from point and non-point sources, which
the Basin States use in preparing their own 305(b) reports. With
the passage of PL 95-217, 305(b) reports are required every other
year and the next report is due in Fiscal 1982.
Management of Environmentally Sensitive Streams
DRBC is empowered to protect the Basin's tidal and fresh water
wetlands from encroachments. A policy adopted in 1978 requires
that no activity or project affecting large wetlands areas can
proceed without DRBC clearance and further that only in the case
of "overriding public interest" will encroachments be permitted.
The protection is designed to preserve wetland areas of 25 or more
acres through DRBC's project review process but also covers
smaller marshes in some cases. The policy, part of the DRBC
Comprehensive Plan, requires balanced assessment of environmental
and economic impact of any activity that could adversely affect
marshes, swamps, bogs and other wetlands in the Basin.
268
-------
The Commission has standards that must be followed when developing
flood plains along non-tidal streams in the Basin. The standards
for the non-tidal flood plains provide guidelines for state and
local governments to regulate streamside development through
compatible zoning to control residential, industrial, business and
public works uses. DRBC reviews some projects on flood hazard
lands along the main stem and major tributaries provided state or
local reviews are not being made. These include developments of
large acreage single structures or of 25 or more residences. The
review also covers mining, manufacturing, processing, storage or
disposal developments that would pose a pollution threat if
flooded.
Delaware Estuary Zone 2 Water Quality Study
DRBC Resolution No. 8-12 authorizes and approves the submission of
this study proposal. The 25-mile estuary zone is of extreme
importance as it is impacted by drainage from 60% of the Delaware
Basin and, in turn, affects downstream water quality and water
supplies. The study will determine feasible alternatives to
carbonaceous oxygen demand reductions in the zone. It also
includes in its objectives improved passage of anadromous fish to
New Jersey and Upper Delaware Basin waters.
269
-------
2.13 THE ROLE OF THE INTERSTATE SANITATION COMMISSION
When performed in the Northeastern part of New Jersey, many
of the water quality management responsibilities and activities
dealt with in this Agreement are cooperative concerns of the
Department of Environmental Protection and the Interstate Sanitation
Commission. The Commission undertakes tasks in support of the New
Jersey program and also provides necessary coordination with the
State of New York.
The interstate Sanitation Commission functions pursuant to
NJSA sec. 32:18-1 et seq.
The Commission supports the State in data gathering and analyses,
monitoring, effluent and receiving water standards, research,
NPDES certification or SPDES permit processing and related activites,
and water quality management planning. Within the specific
context of the 8 issues set forth in this State-EPA Agreement, the
Commission will do the following:
1. Toxics and Hazardous Substance Control
The Commission will increase its monitoring and sampling for
toxic substances in effluents and receiving waters. All Commission
data thus obtained and the accompanying analyses and information
will continue to be available to the State.
In the implementation of the State's pretreatment program, require-
ments placed on POTW's and on industrial discharges into publicly
owned sewer systems are necessarily related. The Commission's
monitoring, effluent and receiving water quality programs will be
resources employed to ascertain pretreatment needs and progress.
Information from the Commission's studies of municipal sludge
problems will also assist in assessing industrial dischage relation-
ships to POTW outputs, receiving water quality and pretreatment
needs.
The Commission's project on hazardous materials and incident
control is specifically designed to analyze the current regional
situation with respect to escape of oil and hazardous substances
into the environment and to ascertain what measures can be taken
by the states on a cooperative basis in addition to those already
developed under the regional and national response team efforts.
The Commission will continue to assist New Jersey in examining,
developing and instituting such measures and in providing means
for information exchange with neighboring states.
270
-------
The Commission augments its regular water area surveys with
special runs, samplings and analyses to check on problem conditions.
As needed, these will be made to assist in detecting and monitoring
unusual toxic conditions.
3. Nonpoint Source Control
Stormwater runoff is the main vehichle for nonpoint source contrib-
utions to pollution of tidal waters in the New Jersey portion of
the Interstate Sanitation District. The Commission will continue
its attention to Stormwater runoff and to the combined sewer
problem as a whole.
4. Point Source Control
The Commission performs much of the water quality monitoring
in the tidal waters of Northern New Jersey. It will continue to
do so and will continue to act for the State and for the U.S. EPA
in compliance monitoring, ambient water quality monitoring, and
effluent discharge monitoring on a regular, periodic basis. By
mutual arrangement with the Commission and continuing consultation,
these activities will be coordinated with those of the DEP. The
efforts will be mutually supportive and care will be taken to
avoid needless duplication.
The Commission will continue to perform its regular inspections
and samplings of public and industrial treatment plants discharging
to the New Jersey portion of the Interstate Sanitation District.
It will also continue to participate with the State in review of
NPDES or SPDES permits and to consult on specific provisions
required therein to meet effluent requirements and to make progress
in achieving satisfactory water quality conditions in the tidal
waters of the Region.
6. RCRA Authorization
As indicated in discussing the item on Hazardous Substances
Control, the Commission is actively engaged in examining regional
aspects of hazardous incident and materials management. This work
involves study of measures which could be taken on a cooperative
regional basis. Because the wastes with which RCRA is concerned
are in many instances the subject of interstate shipment, the
Commission's regional focus will be used in appropriate instances
for consideration of problems connected with RCRA implementation.
8. NPDES Assumption
The Commission will continue to work with the State in developing
its SPDES program as it affects the Interstate Sanitation District.
When the State assumes operation of a system, the Commission will
use its data, monitoring and related activities to support the
drafting, issuance and review of permits for discharges within or
affecting the Interstate Sanitation District.
271
-------
SPECIFIC INTERSTATE SANITATION COMMISSION OUTPUTS FOR FY 1981
Outputs of the Interstate Sanitation Commission in support of New Jersey
program commitments made in this Agreement are shown on the attached
form. The nature of Commission participation under some of the issues
does not lend itself to the identification of defined outputs at this
time, except to the extent that activities are delineated in the statements
of Commission participation set forth in the previous section. The
reason is that the State rather than the Commission will determine in
particular instances how much of the Commission's information and document-
ation it will need for individual projects or undertakings in which it
comes to be engaged. Moreover, the Commission has its own grant agreements
with the U.S. EPA and more properly accounts for its Section 106 funds
there rather than in connection with this Agreement.
Nevertheless, under some of the issues, it is possible to identify
specific amounts of work which will be performed and some of the activities
undertaken by the Commission for all of its member states on a joint
basis which will be directly applied by New Jersey to its own program
use. The identification of outputs made here is only of items which are
ascertainable and susceptible of statement in advance on a basis of
separate performance for the State of New Jersey.
272
-------
INTERSTATE SANITATION COMMISSION OUTPUTS TO SUPPORT
THE NEW JERSEY-U.S. EPA AGREEMENT FOR FY 1981
ACTIVITY
WDRK OUTPUT
NPDES Compliance
Monitoring
13 installations
Routine Effluent Monitoring
of Wastewater Treatment
Facilities
60 installations
Receiving Water Monitoring
A) Average of 1 boat
tr ip/month/run
B) Special boat sampling
C) 3 Remote Monitors
analyses for 240
station samples
as required
hourly readings
Laboratory Analyses for
Toxic and Other
Substances
Based upon sampling
by or for NJ DEP
Technical Support of Water
Quality Management Planning
Agencies
Attend relevant meetings
and such support as
appropriate
Industrial Pretreatment
Attend such meetings
as necessary to support
State Program and provide
information and data as
needed
305(b) analysis and report
preparation
Analyze all data collected
and prepare report on the
status of New Jersey waters
within the Interstate
Sanitation District for
inclusion in the State
report to the U.S. EPA.
273
-------
3. SEA FY'81 UPDATE
RESOURCE SUMMARY BY FUNDING SOURCE
GRANT
106
201
205
208
3144
SDWA
a.
b.
RCRA
a.
b.
c.
(9)
Public Water
System/Supervision
U.I.C.
Planning
Open Dump
Inventory
Hazardous Waste
FEDERAL
$1,334,000
112,524,500
3,692,2631
1,680,2503
882,300
540,100
112,050
105,952
158,928
853,000
STATE
$3,653,035
12,002,613
1,000,0002
453,417
549, 7365
305,044
37,350
35,318
830,568
TOTAL
$ 4,987,035
124,527,113
4,692,263
2,133,667
1,432,036
845,144
149,400
141,270
158,928
1,683,568
TOTALS $121,883,343 $18,867,081 $140,750,424
1
Includes FY81 Federal Funds Plus Prior Year Carry Over Funds.
bate Funds to Suj
Grants Program.
o
State Funds to Supplement the Administration of the Construction
Includes 355,250 for Stormwater Project Support.
Four Public Lake Projects Proposed for FY81 Funding.
Includes approximately $504,000 in Bond Funds from Green
Acres Program.
274
-------
4. Explanation of Abbreviations - SEA
AST - Advanced Sewage Treatment
AWT - Advanced Wastewater Treatment
BAT - Best Available Technology
BMP - Best Management Practices
BOD - Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BSA - Bureau of Systems Analysis
CAC - Citizen Advisory Committees
CAFPA - Coastal Area Facilities Review Act
CBOD - Carbonaceous BOD
CGA - Construction Grants Administration
CSO - Combined Sewer Overflow
CWA - Clean Water Act (e.g. Sections 106, 201,
205(g), 208, 314)
CMC - Clean Water Council
OCR - Division of Coastal Resources
DEP - Department of Environmental Protection
DEQ - Division of Environmental Quality
DRBC - Delaware River Basin Commission
DVRPC - Delaware Valley Regional Planning Commission
DWR - Division of Water Resources
EPA - Environmental Protection Agency
FY - Fiscal Year
HMDC - Hackensack Meadowlands Development Corporation
BMP - Hazard Management Program
I/A - Innovative/Alternate
ISC - Interstate Sanitation Commission
M & P - Monitoring and Planning
MSIS - Model States Information System
NEPA - National Environmental Policy Act
NJDA - New Jersey Dept. of Agriculture
NOAA - National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
NOD - Nitrogeneous Oxygen Demand
NJDOE - New Jersey Department of Energy
NJPDES - New Jersey Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NJWPB - New Jersey Water Policy Board
NPDES - National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NPS - Non-Point Sources
OCTSR - Office of Cancer & Toxic Substances Research
OHSC - Office of Hazardous Substance Control (now Division
of Emergency and Hazard Management)
OPS - Office of Planning & Substances
PECTS - Program of Environmental Carcinogens and Toxics
Substances (now OCTSR)
POTW - Publicly Owned Treatment Vforks
PWS - Public Water System
RCRA - Resource Conservation & Recovery Act
S & A - Surveillance & Analysis
275
-------
SCO - Soil Conservation District
SCS - Soil Conservation Service
SDWA - Safe Drinking Water Act
SEA - State/EPA Agreement
SPCC - Spill Prevention Contaminant and Countermeasure
SSCC - State Soil Conservation Committee
STP - Sewage Treatment Plant
SWMD - Solid Waste Management District
TOSCA - Toxic Substance Control Act
TSCA - Toxic Substances Control Act
UIC - Underground Injection Control
USGS - U.S. Geological Survey
WLA - Waste Load Allocation
WMWS - Water Monitoring Work Group
WPCA - Water Pollution Control Association
WQME - Water Quality Management Element
WQMIS - Water Quality Management Information System
WQS - Water Quality Standards
WSFPM - Water Supply and Flood Plain Management
WSMP - Water Supply Master Plan
276
-------
BLAHK
277
-------
STATE/EPA AGREEMENT FY'81 UPDATE
OUTPUT COMMITMENT TABLE
FOR SECTION 106 GRANT
FY'81
1.
2.
3.
,04.
GO
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
ACTIVITY
Conduct laboratory quality assurance
training sessions
Number of stations monitored (EPA
basic network requirements)
Number of Stream Encroachment
projects reviewed
314 grant applications approved
Number of lakes sampled (trophic status)
Conduct intensive monitoring surveys
(ambient water quality)
Industrial compliance evaluation
inspections (Major)
Municipal compliance evaluation
inspections (Major)
Industrial 24 hour sampling surveys
(Major)
Municipal 24 hour sampling surveys
(Major)
Municipal operation and maintenance
inspections (Major)
FY'79
ACTUAL
1
31
308
1
25
0
254
346
N/A
N/A
54
EY'80*
ACTUAL
2
N/A
357
3
N/A
8
177
237
N/A
N/A
28
TOTAL
PROJECTED
3
31*
500
4
75
4
648
528
20
20
36
QUARTERLY
1
1
31
125
1
20
4
162
132
2
2
9
2
1
31
125
1
10
0
162
132
6
6
9
3
1
31
125
1
20
0
162
132
6
6
9
4
0
31
125
1
25
0
162
132
6
6
9
N/A - NOT AVAILABLE , ,
*ALL STATIONS WILL BE SAMPLED EACH QUARTER IN FY'81
-------
FY'81
ACTIVITY
12. Compliance monitoring - number of
inspections in compliance
13. Wasteload allocations completed
14. NPDES Certifications: Municipal (Major)
15. NPDES Certifications: Municipal (Minor)
16. NPDES Certifications: Industrial (Major)
17. NPDES Certifications: Industrial (Minor)
ro
^ 18. Draft NPDES permits: Municipal (Major)
19. Draft NPDES permits: Municipal (Minor)
20. Draft NPDES permits: Industrial (Major)
21. Draft NPDES permits: Industrial (Minor)
22. Issue NPDES permits (surface & groundwaters)
23. Number of pretreatment plans reviewed
24. Number of pretreatment compliance
schedules modified for reincorporation
into NPDES permit
25. Sewer Extension Permits issued
26. Evaluate discharge monitoring reports
27. Enforcement actions initiated
28. Enforcement actions closed
FY'79
ACTUAL
N/A
47
N/A
276
N/A
N/A
3
1
3
11
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
FY'80*
ACTUAL
N/A
41
N/A
315
N/A
N/A
0
3
6
3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
TOTAL
PROJECTED
2,680
48
4
6
25
200
50
60
100
84
294
40
20
214
125
400
300
1
670
12
2
3
10
75
10
10
15
12
25
10
5
60
0
100
75
QUARTERLY
2 3
670
12
2
3
15
125
10
10
15
12
44
10
5
44
0
100
75
670
12
0
0
0
0
15
20
30
30
100
10
5
50
50
100
75
4
670
12
0
0
0
0
15
20
40
30
125
10
5
60
75
100
75
-------
FY'81
ACTIVITY
29. Investigate (on-site) point source
residuals disposal methods
30. Issue septic system installation permits
31. Groundwater investigations
32. Emergency Response Actions
FY'79
ACTUAL
N/A
N/A
15
596
FY'80*
ACTUAL
H/A
N/A
172
943
TOTAL
PROJECTED
160
400
5
984
1
20
100
2
246
QUARTERLY
2 3
30
80
1
246
45
110
1
246
4
65
110
1
246
(O
00
O
-------
APPENDIX B
Safe Drinking Water Act (P.L. 95-190) Wbrk Plans (including Output
Commitments)
The Work Plans for two grants (Section 1421(b) - Issuance of Permits for
underground injection; Section 1443(a) - Grants to States for public
water system supervision) under the Safe Drinking Water Act are herein
appended.
281
-------
UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL GRANT KY 81
TASKS
1.
Inventory existing
injection welli
ACTIVITIES
A. Prepare • list of industries,
municipalities, and other
OUTPUTS
List of interested
and affected parties.
TIMING WORK YEARS
April* 19BI 1.23 M.Y.
COSTS
$49, '.00
2.
Classification of
wells
to
00
to
3.
Identification of under- A.
ground sources of drink-
ing water (USDW)
* B.
C.
interested parties to whom
questionnaires may be sent
regarding underground injec-
tion includes; county health
boards, well drilling companies.
Mail questionnaire to those fac-
ilities that responded in the
affirmative regarding use of
injection for fluid storage or
disposal.
Tabulate responses from mailing.
Based on information generated
in Task I classify all existing
injection wells ranging from
Class I to Class V.
Upon completion of inventory,
tabulate according to well clas-
sification and industries.
Prepare and distribute fact
sheets on findings of the inven-
tory to all interested parties.
Data assessment for aquifer
identification.
Delineate aquifers and pubic
water supplies utilizing existing
data.
Based (fa information obtained as
part of A & Bt
I. Identify exempted aquifers
2. Describer aquifers to be pro-
tected
Detailed questionnaire June, 1981
nailed.
Table of responses. July, 1981
Classification of injec- August, 1981
tion wells.
Description of inventory August, 1981
according to well type
and Industry.
Fact sheet distributed. Sept., 1981
Report which identifies
availability of geohydro-
logic data.
Report on aquifer delin-
eation and location of
of public water supply
wells.
Report with maps of
exempted aquifers with
description of aquifers
to be protected.
.95 M.Y.
$38,000
1.25 M.Y.
$50.000
-------
UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL CHANT FY 81 CONT'D.
TASKS
ACTIVITIES
OUTPUTS
TIMING
WORKYEARS
COSTS
to
GO
u>
Asdcssmcnt of environ
mental impact from in
jection wells.
*
5. Legislation review.
6.
Development of guide-
lines and criteria for
underground injection
control program.
*
i- A. Rank discharges within classi-
fication criteria in order to
prioritize enforcement and per-
mitting activities.
8. Determine geographical areas where
injection wells are primary source .
of aquifer contamination.
C. Compile data into a report listing
injection well problems.
A. Review existing legislation and/or
regulations to determine if authori-
ties exist for underground injection
control.
B. Assess regulatory and legislative
requirements of otlier states.
C. Develop necessary legislation.
A. Develop construction specifica-
tions/requirements to ensure mechan-
ical integrity and corrective action.
7.
UIC permit process.
*
B. Develop criteria to address construc-
tion, operation, monitoring, and
reporting requirements.
C. Adopt guidelines to determine an
area of review associated with
injection wells as per 40 CFR 146
regulations.
A. Develop permit process including
procedures & time frames for appli-
cations.
B. Submit draft permit process to
state agencies & EPA for review and
comment.
C. Develop permit application storms.
D. Preparation of comprehensive per-
mit program operation procedures.
Underground injection
problem prioritization
report.
1.0 M.Y.
$A0,000
Report identifying specific
legislation and regulations
reviewed.
Oct., I960
.10 M.Y.
$ 4,000
General report on injection Nov., 1980
programs in other states.
UIC legislation.
Guidelines describing speci-
fications for mechanical
integrity, corrective action
procedures and a fact sheet
on the UIC permit program.
Document describing criteria
which may be used in the
design and construction of
pollution control facilities
• and to aid in the review and
issuance of permits.
Guidelines describing speci-
fic. Areas of review.
Draft permit process.
Final permit procedures.
UIC. permit application form.
Dec., if nec-
essary .25 M.Y.
$10,000
.25
$10,000
-------
UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL GRANT FY Bl CONT'D.
TASKS
ACTIVITIES
OUTPUTS
TIMING
WORKYEARS
COSTS
9.
Prototype UIC permit
program implementa-
tion for teit cai«
areas. ,.
Monitoring activities
for test case areas.
*
to
00
10.
Track permit compliance!
*
II.
Preparation and eub-
mittal of application
for primacy.
Teat permit program feasibility by
issuing permits for a few test
cases in each category.
Review & evaluate applications and
develop effluent limitations on
application rate* and incorporate
into the permit.
Modifications in permit process
will be made as required.
Evaluate permittee self-monitoring
reports to determine permit com-
pliance.
B. Evaluate permittee monitoring
efforts.
C. Require compliance vith quality'
assurance practices and procedures.
D. Require review and evaluate result
of ambient quality.
E. Evaluation of the permit progran.
A. Develop and implement a permit
enforcement tracking system.
B. Develop priorities for referrals of
non-compliance enforcement aection
of the Division.
C. Develop appropriate list of required
applications and issue permits and
compliance achedules.
D. Provide input on con-compliance
• cases in test case areas.
A. Letter from Covenor requesting pri-
macy.
B. Attorney General's statement demon-
strating state has the necessary
legal authority to administer the
UIC program.
C. Preparation of the program des-
cription.
D. Obtain approval of UIC program.
E. Copies of relevant regulations,
at.itutes, and program forms.
Application reviewed,
test case permits dev-
eloped and issued.
1.50
$60,000
Review and evaluation
of ambient and self**
monitoring reports.
Evaluation of progress
concerning UIC teat case
permits.
.75
$30,000
Permit compliance -
enforcement referral
tracking ayatem.
.75
$30,000
Signed letter from
Governor.
Attorney General's
statement.
Program description.
Program approval.
Copies of forms sub-
mitted.
Jan., 1981 1.25 M.Y.
Dec.. 1980
Dec., 1980
April, 1981
Jan., 1981
$50.000
-------
UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL GRANT FY 61 CONT'D.
TASKS
ACTIVITIES
OUTPUTS
TIMING
WORKYEARS
COSTS
to
00
11.
12.
Preparation and sub-
mit tal of application
F. Memorandum of agreement developed
and signed.
for primacy, (cont'd.)
Public participation. A. Involve the public in decision
making activities re: UIC.
A. To assure proper, coordinated
management control of all UIC
grant development and implemen-
tation activities in a timely,
cost-effective manner.
13. Project management.
14. Formal application
for primacy.
A. Submit application to USEPA for
primacy.
B. Incorporate revisions as required.
M.O.A.
Public participation
program.
Appoint a project co-
ordinator Monitor pro-
gress of grant. Develop
management reports. -Dev-
elop administrative pro-
cedures. Meet and co-
ordinate with advisory
groups, et. al. as neces-
sary.
Feb., 1981
on-going
on-going
Jan., 1981
.10 M.Y.
.05 M.Y.
.05
$ 4,000
$ 2,000
$ 2,000
TOTALS
3.73 M.Y.
$149,400
Addendum items to be included if funds become available.
TOTAL ADDENDUM 5.75 M.Y. $230,000
ITEMS
GRAND TOTAL FOR 9.48 M.Y. $379,400
ENTIRE UORKPLAN
-------
Public Water System Supervision Program Grant
Program Narrative
Performance Analysis (Selected Items)
Anticipated
FY 80
Actual
FY 80
Anticipated or Planned
-FY 81
Project Review
Projects approved 100-
Projects disapproved 5
Physical Connection Permits
Original -10
Renewals 250
Detailed Community Water
System Evaluation!
Inspections and Investigations
Community Supplies 500
Routine
Initial
Non-Community Supplies 500
Routine
Initial
New Wells 30
Physical Connections 25
Complaint Investigations 100
Supplies Resampled 100
Special Sampling/ 200
Investigations
Samples Collected and Ev-aluated
Bacteriological 3000
Biological 20
Radiological 50
Inorganic 6000
Organic 2000
Pesticides
Volatile Organics
Other
Emergencies Evaluated 60
Orders Issued 15
Laboratories Inspected
Reinspection
Initial
130
2
27'
275
103
317
57
1*7
157
127
518-
3773
0
85
5773
930
U8
11
*
67
2
14
288
100
500
500
30
30
110
110
300
2500
0
. 50
6000
800
50
25
65
|;90
' 10
100
20
700
80
60
5
286
-------
Anticipated .Actual . Anticipated or Planned
___FY 80 FY 80 FY 81
Reporting
Inventory update 1 1 1
Annual violation/ 1 1 -j
compliance report
Monthly violation/ 12 9 12
compliance report
Enforcement
Implementation plan for enforcement strategy 1
SD'.'JA Compliance
Bacteriological
CPWS having violations for
MCL 36
Not Reporting 350
Monitoring Deficiency 50
CPWS failing to issue public notification for:
MCL 10
Not Reporting 100
Monitoring Deficiency 10
Turbidity
CPWS having violations for:
MCL 21*
Not Reporting 6
Monitoring Deficiency 2
CPWS failing to issue public notification for:
MCL 6
Not Reporting 2
Monitoring Deficiency 1
Eherr.ical (Inorganic)
CPWS having violations for:
MCL 36
Not Reporting . 36
Monitoring Deficiency 2U
CPWS failing to issue public notification for:
MCL 6
Not Reporting 12
Monitoring Deficiency 10
Chemical (Organic)
CPWS having violations for:
MCL 0
Not Reporting 3
Monitoring Deficiency 3
CPWS falling to issue public notification for:
MCL 0
Not Reporting . 2
Monitoring Deficiency 2
287
-------
ioc or F!ar:r;--'d
FY 81
Trihalo.-etharies
CPWS having violations for
MCL ' 2
• Not Reporting 2
Monitoring Deficiency . U
CPWS failina to issue public notification for:
. MCL " 1
Not Reporting 1
Monitoring Deficiency 1
Radiological
CPWS having violations for:
MCL U
Not Reporting 20
Monitoring Deficiency 30
CPVJS failing to issue public notification for:
MCL " .1
Not Reporting 5
Monitoring Deficiency 10
Non-Community PWS
KCPWS having violations for:
MCL 60
Not Reporting Uoo
Monitoring Deficiency 60
NCPWS failing to issue public notification for:
MCL . 20
Not Reporting 100
Monitoring Deficiency 20
288
-------
APPENDIX C
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (P.L. 94-580) Work Plans
(including Output Commitments)
The Work Plans for three grants (Section 3011, Subtitle C - Hazardous
Waste Management; Section 400 B, Subtitle D - Planning; and Inventory of
Open Dumps) under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act are herein
appended.
289
-------
SUBTITLE C
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
The 1981 DEP hazardous waste management program to be pursued using
federal grant funds and State matching monies has three main purposes:
1) establishment and conduct of a "cooperative arrange-
ment" with EPA Region II to ensure that the federal . *
hazardous waste program is implemented from the
period beginning November 19, 1980 and ending when
New Jersey receives Interim Authorization;
2) development and implementation of a program sub-
stantially equivalent to the federal program; and
3) application for Interim Authorization and conduct
of the authorized State program from the effective
date of authorization through September 30, 1981.
The activities to be conducted by DEP will occur during three dis-
tinct periods:
1) October 1, 1980 through November 18, 1980, before the RCRA
hazardous waste regulations are effective;.
2) November 19, 1980 through the%date on which New Jersey
receives interim authorization, during which time the
federal program will be conducted pursuant to a "cooper-
ative arrangement" between EPA and DEP; and
3) The effective date of interim authorization through
September 30, 1980, when the State program will be
operated in lieu of the federal program.
The activities to be conducted pursuant to this agreement are shown on
the following pages. In addition, the outputs to be produced as a result of
each activity are assigned a target date of completion. The columns following
each activity and output show the agreement period pertinent to that activity
or output. Each activity or output within these "timing" columns is denoted
by an "X" or an "0", respectively.
.290
-------
WORK-YEARS
REQUIRED PERIOD ONE PERIOD TVJO
PERIOD THREE
I. STATE PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION
to
VO
A. LEGISLATION AND REGULATIONS
1, Development of substantially equivalent
regulations and evaluation of existing
legislation.
a) Review public comments on pro-
posed regulations
b). Revise proposed regulations as
necessary
c). Assess need for new legislation/
regulations or amendments to
comply with Phase II federal reg-
ulations and full authorization
requirements
d) Begin revision of legislation/
regulations to comply with re-
quirements of full authorization
OUTPUTS:
1. Hearing report on proposed regulations
(by December 15, 1980)
2. Adopted substantially equivalent Phase I
hazardous waste management regulations
(by December 31, 1980)
3. Adopted substantially equivalent Phaso II
hazardous waste management regulations
(within 6 months of promulgation of final
Phase II RCRA 3004 regulations)
X
X
X
0
0
-------
to
VO
to
B. COOPERATIVE ARRANGEMENT/INTERIM AUTHORIZATION
APPLICATIONS
•
1. Develop Cooperative Arrangement
a) Prepare Memorandum of Under--
standing
b). Prepare Development Plan
c) Prepare Certificate of Auth-
ority
2, Apply for Phase I Interim Authorization
a). Negotiate Interim Author-
ization
i). Negotiate Memorandum
of Agreement
ii) Meet with EPA to re-
view application
iii). Revise application as
necessary
3. Apply for Phase II Interim Authorization
a). Review EPA conditions for
Phase II Interim Authorization
b) Review legislation/regulations
c) Prepare authorization application
WORK-YEARS
REQUIRED PERIOD ONE PERIOD TWO PERIOD THREE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-------
WORK-YEARS
REQUIRED
PERIOD ONE
PERIOD TWO
PERIOD THREE
10
VO
OJ
OUTPUTS;
1. Memorandum of Understanding (by Nov-
ember 6, 1980)
2. Development Plan (by November 6, 1980)
3. Certificate of Authority (by Nov-
ember 6, 1980)
4. Complete Phase I Interim Authorization
application (by January 15, 1981).
5, Complete Phase II Interim Authorization
application (within 6 months of promul-
gation of final phase II RCRA 3004 re-
gulations)
C. HAZARDOUS WASTE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT/ADMINISTRATION
1, Program Development
a) Develop State-specific program
strategies
i) Review studies identi-
fying State needs for
hazardous waste program
ii) Consider alternative
strategies to meet State
needs and.federal guid-
ance
iii) Develop preferred
strategy
iv) Consult with EPA Re-
gional Office
0
0
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-------
M
VO
b) Prepare program procedures
i) 'Review federal guid-
ance
ii). Draft operating pro*-
cedures and review
with EPA Regional
Office personnel
111) Establish Hazardous
Waste program pro-
cedures including
manifest, permit nnd
laboratory procedures
2. Public Participation
a) Develop public participation
work plan according to EPA
guidance
b) Determine need for and loca-
tion of hearings
c) Schedule and plan agenda for
hearings
d) Plan procedures for responding
to public comments received
3. Develop ADP or other information systems
a) Work with EPA Regional Office
to adapt ADP system to State
needs
WORK-YEARS
REQUIRED PERIOD ONE PERIOD TWO PERIOD THREE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-------
to
VO
U1
4. Program Administration
a). Mana'ge program
i) Conduct and attend
meetings
ii) Receive visitors
iii) Respond to inquiries
iv), Maintain correspon-
dence
v) Hire and develop
staff
b). Administer financial assist-
ance
i). Process grant funds
ii). Prepare progress re-
ports
iii) Participate in review
meetings
c). Evaluate personnel and program
performance
i). Identify performance
objectives
ii). Review performance with
State personnel
iii). Review State progress
with EPA Regional Office
WORK-YEARS
REQUIRED PERIOD ONE PERIOD TWO PERIOD THREE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-------
10
ivL Recommend rewards and
sanctions
*
d) Conduct public awareness activities
i). Identify appropriate
media
ii) Issue press releases,
hold meetings, etc,
e) Maintain ADP system
i.)_ Modify design and pro-
gram as needs change
ii) Input data and run re-
ports
5, Contract Management
a) Issue requests for pro-
posals
b). Review proposals
c) Review technical aspects
of contracts
d) Manage financial aspects
of contracts
6. Fiscal and Support Services
a). Develop budget and justi-
fication consistent with
State budgeting procedures
b) Manage budget
WORK-YEARS
REQUIRED PERIOD ONE PERIOD TWO PERIOD THREE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-------
10
ID
c) Provide maintenance, house-
keeping, communications
services
7. Provide Laboratory Services
a) Establish quality assurance
procedures acceptable to EPA
Surveillance and Analysis
Division
b) Expand current financial
resources to develop and
maintain quality assurance
program and initiate in-house
laboratory services
8. Conduct Staff Training
a) Assess training needs for
present and new staff
b) Develop training program
c) Implement training program
OUTPUTS:
1. Public participation plan (in Dec-
ember 31, 1980 quarterly report)
2. Three public hearings on proposed
regulations and Cooperative Agree-
ment (October 20, 22, 23; 1980)
3. Report on State-specific program
strategy (in June 30, 1981 quarterly
report)
WORK-YEARS
REQUIRED PERIOD ONE PERIOD TWO PERIOD THREE
X
X
-------
to
ID
00
4. Report on operational procedures in-
cluding manifests and permit system
(in June- 30, 1981 quarterly report)
5. Quality assurance procedures and
laboratory needs assessment (in
December 31, 1980 quarterly report)
6. Report on public participation
activities (in all quarterly reports)
7. Report on training activities (in
all quarterly reports)
D. GRANT APPLICATION
1. Apply for grant
a) Review EPA regulations
for hazardous waste pro-
gram grants
b) Prepare initial applica-
tion
2. Negotiate/Receive grant award
a) Meet with EPA at State
office to discuss program
and grant
b) Coordinate with other SEA
programs
c) Make final application
3. Administer grant
a) Process grant funds
WORK-YEARS
REQUIRED PERIOD ONE PERIOD TWO PERIOD THREE
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
-------
WORK-r YEARS
REQUIRED
PERIOD ONE PERIOD THO PERIOD THREE
to
ID
IO
b) Prepare progress re-
ports
c) Participate in review
meetings
OUTPUTS:
1. Draft FT-82 grant application (in
June 30, 1981 quarterly report; as-
suming EPA guidance on schedule in
February, 1981)
2. Public hearings on FY-82 grant/SEA
(September, 1981)
3. Completed FY-82 grant application
(September, 1981)
II. MANIFEST SYSTEM
A. Provide technical assistance to generators,
transporters, and owners/operators of treat-
ment, storage or disposal facilities (TSDs)
B. Review reports*
1. Receive exception reports*
2. Receive discrepancy reports*
3. Receive unmanifested waste reports*
4. Process for ADP system
10.5
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
*NOTE: During the Cooperative Arrangement (Period Two), EPA
Region II will send these reports to the State for
review.
-------
WORK-YEARS
REQUIRED
PERIOD ONE
PERIOD TllO
PERIOD THREE
U>
o
o
5. Review ADP reports and forward
summary reports to EPA Regional
Office '
6. Evaluate data
7. Respond to exceptions, dis-
crepancies (shared with enforce-
ment).;
C. Coordinate interagency jurisdictional issues
with other State agencies (BPU, DOT, AG, L&PS,
etc.).
OUTPUTS:
1. Quarterly progress reports on mani-
fest system including numbers of
exception reports, unmanifested
waste reports, manifest discrepancy
reports, follow-up actions. (Dec-
ember 31, 1980; March 31, June 30,
September 30, 1981)
2. Revised manifest form compatible
with federal and authorized State
requirements (in December 31, 1980
quarterly report)
III. PERMIT SYSTEM
A. Conduct permit program-
1. Provide assistance to applicants
2. Receive and review EPA "Part A"
applications for completeness
utilizing criteria developed by
EPA
14
X
X
X.
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
-------
w
o
3, Request information associated
with Part B of RCRA application
and revi'ew responses
4. Conduct extensive technical
reviews of permit applications
5, Conduct site evaluation
6. Analyze air, water, or soil
samples as necessary
7. Issue draft permit, fact sheet
or statement of basis
8. Provide mechanism for and exec-
ute "due process" activities, in-
cluding public participation
9. Process and issue final permits
10. Modify permits as appropriate
11, Conduct further proceedings as
necessary
B. Assess magnitude of permit program and
develop permit Apriorities
1. Develop list of facilities need-
ing permits based on EPA notifi-
cation/Part A data and other avail-
able information
C. Develop list of major facilities from
EPA facility notification list
WORK-YEARS
REQUIRED PERIOD ONE PERIOD TMO PERIOD THREE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-------
WORK-YEARS
REQUIRED PERIOD ONE PERIOD TWO PERIOD THREE
1. Establish criteria fpr major rankr X
ing
OUTPUTS;
1, Criteria for establishing major facilities 0
list (by December 15, 1980).
2. List-of major facilities (by Apri.1 15, 0
1981)'
3, Summary of permit activities including 0 0 0
lists of permits issued to major facilities,
draft permits issued for major facilities,
permits issued to non-major facilities,
draft permits issued for non-major facil-
w ities (December 31. 1980; March 31, Oune 30,
o
to
September 30, 1981)
IV, COMPLIANCE/ENFORCEMENT 24.5
A, Conduct compliance monitoring and enforcement
activities
1. Perform compliance evaluation in-
spections (with sampling as appro-
priate) of major generators, trans-
porters and- facilities in accordance
with EPA inspection checklists or
approved State program procedures
2, Prepare EPA checklist report on
each inspection
3. Provide witness and evidence
obtained during compliance in-
spections for EPA enforcement
action as necessary
-------
u>
o
4, Continue to perform State Hazard-
ous Haste Program Compliance/En-
forcement activities required
for the enforcement of New Jersey's
hazardous waste laws
a). Issue notices of warning
b) Issue notices of violation
c). Issue compliance orders
d) Follow-up affirmative in--
spections
e). Prepare cases as necessary
B. Assess status of compliance
1. Develop list of major generators from EPA
generator notification data and other
appropriate sources
a) Establish criteria for major
ranking
b) Develop list of major gener-
ators in accordance with, es-
tablished criteria
2. Generator and facility annual reports
a). Review reports
b) Follow-up to assure complete-
ness and accuracy
c) Identify violators
WORK-YEARS
REQUIRED
PERIOD ONE
PERIOD TWO
PERIOD THREE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-------
u>
o
d) Issue notices of warning
e). Issue compliance orders
OUTPUTS:
1. Criteria for establishing major gener-
ators list (by December 15, 1980)
2. Listing of major generators (by Feb-
ruary 15, 1981).
3. Generator compliance evaluation
inspections*
4. Transporter compliance evaluation
inspections*
5. Facility compliance evaluation in-
spections*
*See chart regarding numbers of each type inspection
per quarter,
WORK-YEARS
REQUIRED
PERIOD ONE PERIOD TWO
X
X
X
X
PERIOD THREE
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-------
15
5
25
45
15
60
50
25
75
60
30
90
170
75
250
COMPLIANCE INSPECTION SCHEDULE
First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter Total
Type of inspection
Generator
Transporter
Facility (non-
sampling)
Facility (with 5 10 15 30
sampling)
NOTES:
1. Prior to the effective date of federal regulations and during the cooperative
arrangement (Periods One and Two), the EPA inspection checklists will be used
for these compliance evaluations.
2. For each inspection conducted during the cooperative arrangement period, DEP
will submit the completed EPA inspection form to:
Dr. Richard Baker
EPA Region II
26 Federal Plaza
New York, N.Y. 100Q7
These forms will be submitted within 30 days of the date on which the inspection
is conducted.
3 Whe*-e the State is refused entry to a facility and such refusal appears to be
based on the State's absence of authority to inspect for EPA's interim status
standards then DEP will notify EPA immediately by telephone and in writing
within five (5) days.
30-5
-------
SUBTITLE D
Task I: Development and Adoption of State Plan
Task Elements:
a) Summary of Progress and Completion of State Plan
In accordance with the Solid Waste Management Act (P.L. 1975, C-326) each of
the State's 21 Counties and the Hackensack Meadowlands District (HMDC) have
been designated Solid Waste Management Districts and required under super-
vision of the DEP to develop a plan which would provide for the solid waste
management needs of each of their municipalities for a period of ten years.
The State of New Jersey was divided into three Groups, with each group given
a specific schedule for plan development and adoption. (Group I includes
Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Passaic arid Union Counties and the HMDC. Group II
includes Burlington, Camden, Gloucester, Mercer, Middlesex, Monmouth, Ocean
and Somerset Counties. Group III includes Atlantic, Cape May, Cumberland,
Hunterdon, Morris, Salem, Sussex and Warren Counties). Following completion
of the plan by the district Solid Waste Advisory Council and adoption of the
plan by the respective Board of Chosen Freeholders or the Commission in the
case of the HMDC, district plans were required to be submitted to the DEP for
review.
Presently, every district in New Jersey has submitted an adopted plan with
the exception of Warren County which was given an extension due to unforseen
delays. According to C-326 the DEP had 150 days from the date of plan sub-
mission to either Certify approval, rejection or require modification of the
district plan. To date,- all Group I and II districts have received "Certifi-
cation of Modifications" which required the districts to modify their pUns
by July 1, 1980. With the exception of Sussex and Warren Counties, all other
Group III district also recieved "certifications of modifications" which re-
quired those districts to submit modifications by December 31, 1980. Once
modifications (plans) have been resubmitted to the DEP for review by the dis-
tricts, the DEP has only 30 days to certify approval or rejection of the plan
modifications. As of July 1980, all Group I and II districts with the exception
of Bergen County had submitted their plan modifications. (If Bergen County,
or any Group III district fails to submit the required modification, the DEP
will adopt & promulgate modifications for the County on a schedule consistant
with that Group schedule). Following review of the revised plans (modifications),
the DEP issued "Certifications of Approval with Modifications" to all Group
I and II districts. These certifications require the districts to begin, the
implementation of district solid waste management plans as approved by the
Commissioner of DEP and completes that part of the State Plan comprising those
districts. Additionally, the DEP has prepared draft Statewide guidelines for
continued district planning and implementation. Those guidelines will be dis-
tributed to the district and also become part of the adopted Statewide Solid
Waste Management Plan for New Jersey. It is anticipated that all Group III
districts" will be issued similar "certifications of approval with modification"
after December 31, 1980.
A draft statewide solid waste management plan for the Group I and II districts
will be finalized and submitted to the USEPA in the fall of 1980. Included in
this statewide plan is the methodology for integrating district plans based
on work completed by Rutgers Unicersity. To date, Rutgers has reviewed and
commented on each of the Group I and II district plans. Similarly, the State
Plan will address all requirements of 40 CFR 256 and identified in Task II of
NJDEP FT 80 grant.
306
-------
Prior to submission of the draft plan, regional public hearings will be held
in appropriate locations throughout the State to provide necessary input from
industry, elected officials, citizens and-environmentalists. The schedule
for completion of the Group III portion of the Statewide Plan will comely
with the USEPA deadline of 1/31/81.
b) Attorney Generals Opinion
Request will be made to the Attorney General for an opinion to ascertain
whether the State has adequate legal authority to prohibit the establishment
of new open dumps (in accordance with 40 CFR 256.20 and related preamble).
This opinion will be incorporated into the State Plan.
c) Implementation of State Plan
Following development and adoption of the State Plan, significant effort will
be expended during FY'81 on implementation of the various components of the
State Plan. These include source separation/recycling programs, rate avera-
ging disposal costs at regional facilities, waste stream control (including
out-of-state waste flows) and securement of markets, -sites, design and financing
necessary for resource recovery development. As a condition of district
plan approval, the State will monitor facility development through quarterly
progress reports perpared by the districts. The reports will be-made available
to the EPA if requested.
Task II: Facility Planning
Task Elements:
a) State Policy on Solid and Hazardous Waste Facilities
The State of New Jersey recognizes that increasing generation rates, decreasing
disposal capacity and environmental problems associated with existing solid
and hazardous waste disposal facilities in the State will require the develop-
ment of new and upgraded facilities. Accordingly, it is the policy of the
State to encourage, locate and develop environmentally sound solid and hazar-
dous waste management facilities including disposal, resource recovery and
co-processing facilities to meet this pressing need. While it is the policy
of the State to address the long term solid waste disposal need through the
development of high technology resource recovery facilities, it is recong-
nized that environmentally sound landfills will continue to be required to
provide additional disposal capacity during the interim'period prior to re-
source recovery and also for disposal of resource residuals and non-processable
v/aste subsequent to the implementation of resource recovery systems.
Similarly, with regard to hazardous wastes, it is the policy of the State to
develop a comprehensive strategy for hazardous wastes management consisting
of adequdte facilities and strong regulatory and enforcement requirements.
A more detailed description of this management process as it relates to facility
development can be found in the following section.
307
-------
b) Status of FY'SO Solid and Hazardous Waste Facility Planning
The State has proceeded to implement its solid waste management policy
through enactment of the Solid Waste Management Act (P.L. 1975, c-326)
which provides for the development and implementation of the approved
statewide solid waste management plan. Presently, each of the state approved
district solid waste plans contains strategies for solid waste disposal in-
cluding additional sanitary landfills for the short term disposal prior to
1985, expansion of existing recycling/source separation waste reduction pro-
grams, and development of resource recovery facilities in the long term or
after 1985. Statewide, the approved district plans provide for twenty re-
source recovery facilities (including Mass Burning, RDF, modular and co-
disposal) which will process upwords of 20,000 tons per day. The DEP will
monitor the'progress of these facili-ties via quarterly status reports and
meetings, and based on schedules contained in the approved district plans.
With regard to hazardous waste facility accomplishements during FY'80, the
Delaware Reiver Basin Commission (DRBC) and the State of New Jersey contracted
for and completed a study to determine the specific need and preliminary
siting of hazardous waste treatment facilities throughout the DRBC region
including the State of New Jersey. The study includes an assessment of avail-
able recovery and disposal technology, the development of siting criteria,
identification of siting constraints and general locations, estimations of
facility engineering design and cost estimates and investigation of options
-for institutional arrangements.
c) Solid and Hazardous Waste Facility Siting and Implementation Objectives.
For FY'81
The State FY'81 solid and hazardous waste facility siting and implementation
program will be a priority activity during the coming year due to the critical
need for such facilities. The objectives of the State program for solid and
hazardous waste facilities will include:
1. identification of public/private roles in siting
2. assessments of available facility capacity
3. identification of environmentally suitable and unsuitable
areas.
4. development of procedures and criteria for future siting decisions.
5. pursuit of needed State laws and regulations.
6. monitoring of progress districts are making in developing appropriate
facilities (solid waste only)
7. Technical assistance to districts for resource recovery (solid waste only)
8. Promotion of Resource Recovery Bond Issue (solid waste only)
9. Report on DRBC Studies & Findings (Hazardous waste only).
A complete description of the State FY'81 hazardous waste facility siting and
implementation program can be found in the following attached documents:
- Hazardous Waste Management Capacity Development in the Delaware River
Basin and New Jersey; A program Strategy, April 8, 1980.
- Technical Criteria For Identification and Screening of Sites for
308
-------
Hazardous Waste Facilities, Level I and II Criteria March 19, 1980
and Level III Criteria May 27, 1980.
Task III: Developing Alternative State Funding
Task Elements:
a) State's Strategy
In an effort to provide alternative funding sources for the State program,
the SWA has evaluated the feasibility of various funding approaches including
increased user fees and state appropriations.
b) Status of States FY'80 Funding Sources
To date, the State has supported SWA's planning activities through the pro-
vision of $1.3 million for district solid waste management plan development
as well as additional appropriations of $250,000 for FY'80 and $710 for FY'81
for resource recovery implmentation activities. Appropriations of $1 million
has been requested for FY'82 for similar planning activities. Further, the
DEP/SWA was successful in securing approval for the placement of a $50 million
resource recovery capital construction grant bond issue on the November 1980
ballot. The establishment of increased user fees for registration of collector/
haulers and facilities in the Statn was determined to be inappropriate at this
time, but will be re-evaluated in the future.
Although user fees are not presently earmarked for the State Solid Waste Pro-
gram, collection of such fees influences decisions by the legislature to
appropriate additional monies to Administration for continuation of their pro-
grams .
c) Alternate Approach For FY'81
During FY'81 the State will continue to seek alternative approaches to secure
funds to compensate for the phase out of Federal funding in FY'84. Primarily,
the State will continue to lobby for increased State appropriations as well
as modify and endorse legislation to increase user fees that are specifically
earmarked for the State's solid waste program.
Task IV: Public Participation
Task Elements
a) Development and Implementation of State Plan
Regional Public hearings will be scheduled for input to the draft Statewide
Solid Waste Management Plan. Initial hearings for the Group I and II Districts
will be scheduled for the fall of 1980 while hearings for the Group III district
portion of the plan will be held later in the year. Staff of the SWA also pro-
vides assistance to the New Jersey Council on Solid Waste Management which will
continue to monitor State Solid Waste activities including development of the
309
-------
State Plan and hold additional public hearings in this regard. Additionally,
the SWA will continue to provide technical assistance to districts (officials,
industry and citizens), attend District Solid Waste Advisory Council meetings
(22 districts hold monthly meetings), develop a program to inform the public
of the resource recovery bond issue (including posters and audio/visual
materials), and provide any other assistance necessary to promote needed solid
waste manaaement facilities and programs throughout New Jersey. (See appendix
for description of Subtitle C and D public participation programs)
Task Out Puts
Outputs from Tasks I through IV will .be addressed in quarterly reports to be
submitted to EPA II. The major output will be the Statewide Solid Waste
Management Plan. (See RCPJ\ Solid Waste Planning Program, Schedule For FY'81
Activities, pg. 10).
-------
RCRA SOLID WASTE PLANNING PROGRAM
SCHEDULE FOR FT 81 ACTIVITIES
TASKS
I. State Plan
- Submission of Draft State Plan
- Submission of Final State Plan
- Implementation (Quarterly Up-
dates)
II. Facility Planning & Implementation
- Public & Private Roles (Final .,
Report;
- Facility Capacity (Final Report)
- Suitable'Areas (Final Report)
- Siting Criteria (Final Report)
- Laws & Regulations (Quarterly
Update and Final Report)
III. Alternative State Funding
- State Appropriations (Quarterly
updates and Final Report)
IV. Public Participation
_ C't'a'f'p Plan HPVP! finmpnt" f FT* n^ 1
( Qua r c6 r Ty 17603. "CG /
— Pa /"i 1 1 -fv Pi Ann 1 nn f DiiArfpK*! \/
updates)
V. Reporting FY1 81 /Work Plan
(Quarterly Reports)
ft. Work Plan FY'82 (Draft Plan)
•Quarterly Reports
0
N
D
*
J
F
M
*
A
M
J
* *
J
A
S
*
-------
SOLID WASTE INVENTORY PROGRAM
The Solid Waste Administration is currently conducting an Inventory of Open
Dumps as required by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976. The in-
ventory is an on going project which will continue through 1984. The goal of the
Open Dump Inventory is to identify those facilities that pose a threat to health
or the environment so that they may be upgraded to meet federal and state standards
or be closed. Land disposal facilities will be judged according to criteria set
forth by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and sampling and anlyses prac-
tices will be.carried out in such a way as to follow state quality assurance pro-
cedures.
During FY'81 the Inventory will progress through the following five steps:
development of a priority list of facilities to be inventoried and a schedule for
completing the necessary work, classification of facilities, notification of oper-
ators of facility status and granting them an opportunity to make comment in accor-
dance with administrative procedures, submitting classification reporting forms to
EPA, and development of compliance schedules to upgrade facilities.
As noted on the attached, amended Table VI - "Regulatory Powers - Projections",
we expect that New Jersey's regulatory powers will be in effect for all criteria
except Food Chain Crops. Regulations concerning land application of wastes and
food chain crops have recently been drafted.
New Jersey Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NJPDES) regulations have
been adopted and are expected to be in effect by January, 1981. Along with these
NJPDES regulations this Administration is proposing to re-certify existing facilities
to ensure upgrading to meet strict environmental standards for all disposal sites
expected to remain open. New Jersey's Solid Waste Management Act (P.L. 1975 C.326
C13:lE-6) gives the Department the authority to formulate, promulgate and .enforce
rules and regulations concerning solid waste disposal activities.
312
-------
Inventory of Land Disposal Facilities (100% Federal Funds)
A. Work Tasks and Outputs
Task I: Determine Land Disposal Facil'ity Classification Schedule
Task Elements:
.The classification schedules for facilities to be inventoried this year will
be developed according to the following steps:
a. Development of the priority list based on the following factors:
1. potential health and environmental
impact of the facility
2, past record of environmental problems
3, location of facility in environmentally
sensitive areas
4, projected life of facility
b. Development of activity schedule based on:
1. availability of federal and state.resources
necessary to classify facilities
2. collection of site characteristic data
(ground and surface water, floodplains)
from geologic maps, engineering plans,
and site visits and site performance data
(operating procedures) from inspection
and monitoring reports and onsite visits.
Output from Task I:
The output from this task will result in the formation of the FY '81
priority list and the schedule for completing all necessary work. During
FY '81 approximately 40-50 land disposal facilities will be inventoried.
Quarterly reports will identify scheduling progress.
Task II: Determine Classification
Task Element;
Utilizing the EPA Guidance Manual for the Classification of Solid Waste
Disposal Facilities and sampling methods that follow state quality issuance
procedures, site evaluations will be carried out for each facility on the
priority list.
313
-------
Output from Task II:
Quarterly updates will list the sites inventoried and identify deficiencies
which cause them to be classified as open dumps.
Task III: Notify Owner/Operator of Facility Classification
Task Elements:
The New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection will:
a. notify the owner/operator of the facility classification
b. provide owner/operator with a summary of the evidence upon which
the classification was based
c. provide an opportunity for owner/operator to comment in accordance
with standard administrative procedures
Output from Task III:
Owner/operators will be notified as to the classification of their
facilities, provided with a summary of evidence to support classification and
provided with the opportunity to comment on classification. Progress on
notification will be highlighted in quarterly reports which will also list
newly classified facilities taking legal action against DEP and highlight
progress on cases pending from the 1980 inventory.
Task IV: Forms Submitted to EPA for Publication in Open Dump
Inventory
Task Element:
Inventory reporting forms for those facilities classified during FY '81
will be sent to the Bureau of the Census on or before September 30, 1981.
Facilities which fail to meet one or more of the RCRA criteria will be
listed in the Federal Register published during January, 1982.
Output from Task IV:
Submission of reporting forms for inventoried facilities to Bureau of
the Census by September 30, 1981. Copies of forms will also be sent to EPA
Region II.
Task V: Development of Remedial Measures to Upgrade Open Dumps
Task Elements:
—a. -review deficiencies with owner/operators of facilities listed
as Open Dumps
b. determine if facility should be upgraded or closed
c. develop compliance schedule for remedial measures
-------
Output from Task V:
Quarterly updates will focus on progress being made on the state recerti-
fication program and individual compliance schedules. This will enable long
range solid waste management planning and provide a legal basis for closing
Open Dumps.
-------
RCRA Solid Waste Inventory Program Schedule of FY '81 Activities
0 N D J F M A M J. J A S.
I Determine Land Disposal
Facility Classification Schedule
i
i II Classify Facilities
•
III Notify ovoier/operator of
Facility Classification
IV Submit Reporting Forms to
Bureau of Census and EPA
V Develop Remedial Measures
to Upgrade Open Dumps
*
9
—
•
.
•
'
316
------- |